4. 八颂品显示巴利原文
4. Aṭṭhakavaggo
1. 欲经注显示巴利原文
1. Kāmasuttavaṇṇanā
773 “Kāmaṃ kāmayamānassā”是《欲经》的开头。此经的缘起是怎样的呢?据说,世尊住在舍卫城时,有一位婆罗门在舍卫城与祇园之间的阿致罗筏底河岸边耕地,心想:“我要种大麦。”世尊由比丘僧团围绕,入城乞食时看见了他,便作意观察,知道:“这位婆罗门的大麦将要毁坏了。”再观察他的机缘成熟情况,又知道他具足证得入流果的因缘。再观察“他何时能证得”时,知道:“当庄稼毁坏时,他被忧伤征服,便能听受法教。”于是世尊这样思惟:“如果我那时才去接近婆罗门,他不会认为应当听从我的教导,因为婆罗门们各有各的喜好。那么,我从现在就开始摄受他吧,这样他对我生起柔软心之后,那时就会听从教导了。”世尊于是走到婆罗门那里,问:“婆罗门,你在做什么?”婆罗门心想:“这位出身高贵的沙门乔达摩竟然跟我打招呼!”仅因此,他便对世尊生起了净信心,回答说:“乔达摩尊者,我在耕田,想种大麦。”这时,舍利弗尊者心想:“世尊跟婆罗门打招呼了,如来不会无因无缘这样做,那我也来跟那位婆罗门打个招呼吧。”于是他也显示巴利原文
773.Kāmaṃkāmayamānassāti kāmasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Bhagavati kira sāvatthiyaṃ viharante aññataro brāhmaṇo sāvatthiyā jetavanassa ca antare aciravatīnadītīre ‘‘yavaṃ vapissāmī’’ti khettaṃ kasati. Bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto piṇḍāya pavisanto taṃ disvā āvajjento addasa – ‘‘assa brāhmaṇassa yavā vinassissantī’’ti, puna upanissayasampattiṃ āvajjento cassa sotāpattiphalassa upanissayaṃ addasa. ‘‘Kadā pāpuṇeyyā’’ti āvajjento ‘‘sasse vinaṭṭhe sokābhibhūto dhammadesanaṃ sutvā’’ti addasa. Tato cintesi – ‘‘sacāhaṃ tadā eva brāhmaṇaṃ upasaṅkamissāmi, na me ovādaṃ sotabbaṃ maññissati. Nānārucikā hi brāhmaṇā, handa, naṃ ito pabhutiyeva saṅgaṇhāmi, evaṃ mayi muducitto hutvā tadā ovādaṃ sossatī’’ti brāhmaṇaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āha – ‘‘kiṃ, brāhmaṇa, karosī’’ti. Brāhmaṇo ‘‘evaṃ uccākulīno samaṇo gotamo mayā saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ karotī’’ti tāvatakeneva bhagavati pasannacitto hutvā ‘‘khettaṃ, bho gotama, kasāmi yavaṃ vapissāmī’’ti āha. Atha sāriputtatthero cintesi – ‘‘bhagavā brāhmaṇena saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ akāsi, na ca ahetu appaccayā tathāgatā evaṃ karonti, handāhampi tena saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ karomī’’ti brāhmaṇaṃ upasaṅkamitvā tatheva paṭisanthāramakāsi. Evaṃ mahāmoggallānatthero sesā ca asīti mahāsāvakā. Brāhmaṇo atīva attamano ahosi.
后来,在庄稼成熟的时候,有一天世尊用过斋饭,从舍卫城前往祇园,途中离开道路来到婆罗门跟前,说道:“婆罗门,你的大麦田真好啊!”婆罗门说:“是啊,乔达摩尊者,是很好。如果收成顺利,我也会分给你们一份。”过了四个月,大麦成熟了。他正忙着盘算“今天或明天就要收割”时,大片乌云涌起,下了一整夜的雨。阿致罗筏底河涨满,把大麦全都冲走了。婆罗门整夜忧闷,天亮时走到河边,看见庄稼全毁了,生起极大的忧伤:“我完了,今后可怎么活啊?”就在那天后夜时分,世尊以佛眼观察世间,知道:“今天正是为婆罗门说法的时候了。”于是世尊依常行乞食的威仪进入舍卫城,站在婆罗门的家门口。婆罗门看见世尊,心想:“沙门乔达摩是为了来安慰被忧伤击倒的我吧。”便铺好座位,接过钵,请世尊坐下。世尊明知而问:“婆罗门,你心里不痛快吗?”婆罗门回答:“是的,乔达摩尊者,我的大麦田全被水冲走了。”世尊便说:“婆罗门,不应当在毁坏时忧愁,在成功时欢喜。应当知道,那些欲望确实有成也有败。”说完,世尊了知显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā sampajjamānepi sasse ekadivasaṃ katabhattakicco sāvatthito jetavanaṃ gacchanto maggā okkamma brāhmaṇassa santikaṃ gantvā āha – ‘‘sundaraṃ te, brāhmaṇa, yavakkhetta’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho gotama, sundaraṃ, sace sampajjissati, tumhākampi saṃvibhāgaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Athassa catumāsaccayena yavā nipphajjiṃsu. Tassa ‘‘ajja vā sve vā lāyissāmī’’ti ussukkaṃ kurumānasseva mahāmegho uṭṭhahitvā sabbarattiṃ vassi. Aciravatī nadī pūrā āgantvā sabbaṃ yavaṃ vahi. Brāhmaṇo sabbarattiṃ anattamano hutvā pabhāte nadītīraṃ gato sabbaṃ sassavipattiṃ disvā ‘‘vinaṭṭhomhi, kathaṃ dāni jīvissāmī’’ti balavasokaṃ uppādesi . Bhagavāpi tameva rattiṃ paccūsasamaye buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento ‘‘ajja brāhmaṇassa dhammadesanākālo’’ti ñatvā bhikkhācāravattena sāvatthiṃ pavisitvā brāhmaṇassa gharadvāre aṭṭhāsi. Brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ disvā ‘‘sokābhibhūtaṃ maṃ assāsetukāmo samaṇo gotamo āgato’’ti cintetvā āsanaṃ paññāpetvā pattaṃ gahetvā bhagavantaṃ nisīdāpesi. Bhagavā jānantova brāhmaṇaṃ pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ brāhmaṇa paduṭṭhacitto vihāsī’’ti? Āma, bho gotama, sabbaṃ me yavakkhettaṃ udakena vūḷhanti. Atha bhagavā ‘‘na, brāhmaṇa, vipanne domanassaṃ, sampanne ca somanassaṃ kātabbaṃ. Kāmā hi nāma sampajjantipi vipajjantipī’’ti vatvā tassa brāhmaṇassa sappāyaṃ ñatvā dhammadesanāvasena imaṃ suttamabhāsi. Tattha saṅkhepato padatthasambandhamattameva vaṇṇayissāma, vitthāro pana niddese (mahāni. 1) vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Yathā ca imasmiṃ sutte, evaṃ ito paraṃ sabbasuttesu.
在这里,“欲”指所缘欲,即如意可爱色等那些称为三界法的事物;“若欲求者”指的是怀有希望的人。“若他的那个成就了”意思是:对于那个正在盼望的有情,如果那个称为欲的对象成就了,也就是他得到了那个对象。“必定心满意足”就是全然欢喜。“得到之后”即获得之后。“人”指有情。“他所希望的”即是他想要的东西。显示巴利原文
Tattha kāmanti manāpiyarūpāditebhūmakadhammasaṅkhātaṃ vatthukāmaṃ, kāmayamānassāti icchamānassa. Tassa ce taṃ samijjhatīti tassa kāmayamānassa sattassa taṃ kāmasaṅkhātaṃ vatthu samijjhati ce, sace so taṃ labhatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Addhā pītimano hotīti ekaṃsaṃ tuṭṭhacitto hoti. Laddhāti labhitvā. Maccoti satto. Yadicchatīti yaṃ icchati.
774 「若他在欲求时」(Tassa ce kāmayānassa),是指那个希求欲望的人,或为了欲望而精勤的人。「生起欲贪者」(Chandajātassa),指生起渴爱的人。「众生」(Jantuno),即有情。「那些欲望若消失」(Te kāmā parihāyanti),意思是那些欲望如果退失。「犹如被箭所射般痛苦」(Sallaviddhova ruppati),接着便像被铁箭等所射中一样遭受折磨。显示巴利原文
774.Tassa ce kāmayānassāti tassa puggalassa kāme icchamānassa, kāmena vā yāyamānassa. Chandajātassāti jātataṇhassa. Jantunoti sattassa. Te kāmā parihāyantīti te kāmā parihāyanti ce. Sallaviddhova ruppatīti atha ayomayādinā sallena viddho viya pīḷīyati.
775 第三首偈的简要含义是:若有人通过镇伏或断除对这些欲望的欲贪,而避开它们,如同用脚躲开蛇头一般。那位比丘因遍知一切世间而安住,具足正念,超越了世间中称为「蔓延」(visattikā)的渴爱。显示巴利原文
775. Tatiyagāthāya saṅkhepattho – yo pana ime kāme tattha chandarāgavikkhambhanena vā samucchedena vā attano pādena sappassa siraṃ iva parivajjeti. So bhikkhu sabbaṃ lokaṃ visaritvā ṭhitattā loke visattikāsaṅkhātaṃ taṇhaṃ sato hutvā samativattatīti.
776-8 接下来三首偈颂的简要含义是:凡是贪求不舍稻田等田地,房屋、宅地等地产,称为金钱的货币,牛马等牲畜,称为女人的女子,亲戚、朋党等亲属,以及其他种种如可爱色等诸欲的人,那些被称为“无力”的烦恼就会制伏、征服、摧破那个人;或者说,由于缺乏信力等力量而变得无力的那个人,被那些无力的烦恼所制伏,这就是因为无力而被制伏的意思。接着,那贪着诸欲、守护和追求诸欲的人,会被狮子等明显的灾祸,以及身恶行等不明显的灾祸所摧破。然后,被这不明显的灾祸所征服的人,生等诸苦就会像水灌进破船一样紧跟着他。因此,有情应恒常保持正念,修习身至念等,以镇伏和断除的方式,在色等所缘欲上避开一切种类的烦恼欲,从而远离诸欲。如此舍断那些欲望之后,便借着舍断它们的那个道,能够渡过四种瀑流。就像有人把进满水的船里的水舀出去,靠着轻便的船,毫不费力地到达彼岸;同样地,把装满了烦恼之水的‘有身’之船里的水舀出去,以轻安的‘有身’到达彼岸,也就是到达一切法的彼岸——涅槃,并且通达涅槃。显示巴利原文
776-8. Tato parāsaṃ tissannaṃ gāthānaṃ ayaṃ saṅkhepattho – yo etaṃ sālikkhettādiṃ khettaṃ vā gharavatthādiṃ vatthuṃ vā kahāpaṇasaṅkhātaṃ hiraññaṃ vā goassabhedaṃ gavāssaṃ vā itthisaññikā thiyo vā ñātibandhavādī bandhū vā aññe vā manāpiyarūpādī puthu kāme anugijjhati, taṃ puggalaṃ abalasaṅkhātā kilesā balīyanti sahanti maddanti, saddhābalādivirahena vā abalaṃ taṃ puggalaṃ abalā kilesā balīyanti, abalattā balīyantīti attho. Atha taṃ kāmagiddhaṃ kāme rakkhantaṃ pariyesantañca sīhādayo ca pākaṭaparissayā kāyaduccaritādayo ca apākaṭaparissayā maddanti, tato apākaṭaparissayehi abhibhūtaṃ taṃ puggalaṃ jātiādidukkhaṃ bhinnaṃ nāvaṃ udakaṃ viya anveti. Tasmā kāyagatāsatiādibhāvanāya jantu sadā sato hutvā vikkhambhanasamucchedavasena rūpādīsu vatthukāmesu sabbappakārampi kilesakāmaṃ parivajjento kāmāni parivajjaye. Evaṃ te kāme pahāya tappahānakaramaggeneva catubbidhampi tare oghaṃ tareyya tarituṃ sakkuṇeyya. Tato yathā puriso udakagarukaṃ nāvaṃ siñcitvā lahukāya nāvāya appakasireneva pāragū bhaveyya, pāraṃ gaccheyya, evameva attabhāvanāvaṃ kilesūdakagarukaṃ siñcitvā lahukena attabhāvena pāragū bhaveyya, sabbadhammapāraṃ nibbānaṃ gato bhaveyya, arahattappattiyā gaccheyya ca, anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbātīti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne brāhmaṇo ca brāhmaṇī ca sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahiṃsūti.
2. 《窟八偈经》注释显示巴利原文
2. Guhaṭṭhakasuttavaṇṇanā
779 779.《窟八偈经》以“七者陷于窟中”起首。它的缘起如何呢?据说,世尊住在舍卫城时,尊者宾头卢颇罗堕前往憍赏弥的恒河岸边,那里有乌提那王的一座园林,名为“旋园”。他想在一处凉爽的地方坐禅度过白天。由过去的习气,他也常去那里,正如《鹏耆舍经注》中述及憍梵波提长老前往三十三天的因缘一样。他在恒河岸边凉爽的树根下入定,坐禅安度白昼。乌提那王也在那一天出游园林,大半天都在园中歌舞嬉戏,醉后将头枕在一女人膝上睡着了。其余女子以为“国王睡着了”,便起身到园中采摘花果,遇见长老,心生惭愧,互相制止说“别作声”。然后悄悄走近,顶礼后围坐于长老四周。长老从定中起来为她们说法,她们欢喜地称叹“善哉善哉”而听受。显示巴利原文
779.Sattoguhāyanti guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Bhagavati kira sāvatthiyaṃ viharante āyasmā piṇḍolabhāradvājo kosambiyaṃ gaṃṅgātīre āvaṭṭakaṃ nāma utenassa uyyānaṃ, tattha agamāsi sītale padese divāvihāraṃ nisīditukāmo. Aññadāpi cāyaṃ gacchateva tattha pubbāsevanena yathā gavampatitthero tāvatiṃsabhavananti vuttanayametaṃ vaṅgīsasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ. So tattha gaṅgātīre sītale rukkhamūle samāpattiṃ appetvā divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Rājāpi kho uteno taṃ divasaṃyeva uyyānakīḷikaṃ gantvā bahudeva divasabhāgaṃ naccagītādīhi uyyāne kīḷitvā pānamadamatto ekissā itthiyā aṅke sīsaṃ katvā sayi. Sesitthiyo ‘‘sutto rājā’’ti uṭṭhahitvā uyyāne pupphaphalādīni gaṇhantiyo theraṃ disvā hirottappaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā ‘‘mā saddaṃ akatthā’’ti aññamaññaṃ nivāretvā appasaddā upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā theraṃ samparivāretvā nisīdiṃsu. Thero samāpattito vuṭṭhāya tāsaṃ dhammaṃ desesi, tā tuṭṭhā ‘‘sādhu sādhū’’ti vatvā suṇanti.
那位以膝给国王当枕的女人,见所有女子都撇下自己去玩耍,心生嫉妒,便摇动大腿弄醒国王。国王醒来不见后宫众女,问:“这些贱婢到哪里去了?”她答:“她们不把大王你当回事,都去找‘沙门取乐’了。”国王生起怒气,朝长老走去。诸女子见到国王,有的站了起来,有的则说:“大王,我们正于出家人这里听法呢。”并未站起。国王因此更加愤怒,未向长老敬礼便问:“你来这里是为了什么?”长老答:“为远离而来,大王。”国王说:“说是为远离而来,却这样被后宫女人团团围着坐?你解释一下你的‘远离’!”长老虽有辩才解说远离,但知此人并非真心请问,便默然不语。国王说:“你若不说,我就拿红蚂蚁咬你!”说着从一株无忧树上取来红蚂蚁巢,往自己身上倾倒。他擦了擦身体,又取来另一巢,向长老走去。长老心中思惟:“此国王若加害于我,必将堕入恶趣。”出于对国王的悲悯,便以神通腾空而去。显示巴利原文
Rañño sīsaṃ aṅkenādāya nisinnitthī ‘‘imā maṃ ohāya kīḷantī’’ti tāsu issāpakatā ūruṃ cāletvā rājānaṃ pabodhesi. Rājā paṭibujjhitvā itthāgāraṃ apassanto ‘‘kuhiṃ imā vasaliyo’’ti āha. Sā āha – ‘‘tumhesu abahukatā ‘samaṇaṃ ramayissāmā’ti gatā’’ti. So kuddho therābhimukho agamāsi. Tā itthiyo rājānaṃ disvā ekaccā uṭṭhahiṃsu, ekaccā ‘‘mahārāja, pabbajitassa santike dhammaṃ suṇāmā’’ti na uṭṭhahiṃsu. So tena bhiyyosomattāya kuddho theraṃ avanditvāva ‘‘kimatthaṃ āgatosī’’ti āha. ‘‘Vivekatthaṃ mahārājā’’ti. So ‘‘vivekatthāya āgatā evaṃ itthāgāraparivutā nisīdantī’’ti vatvā ‘‘tava vivekaṃ kathehī’’ti āha. Thero visāradopi vivekakathāya ‘‘nāyaṃ aññātukāmo pucchatī’’ti tuṇhī ahosi. Rājā ‘‘sace na kathesi, tambakipillikehi taṃ khādāpessāmī’’ti aññatarasmiṃ asokarukkhe tambakipillikapuṭaṃ gaṇhanto attanova upari vikiri. So sarīraṃ puñchitvā aññaṃ puṭaṃ gahetvā therābhimukho agamāsi. Thero ‘‘sacāyaṃ rājā mayi aparajjheyya , apāyābhimukho bhaveyyā’’ti taṃ anukampamāno iddhiyā ākāsaṃ abbhuggantvā gato.
于是那些女人说:“大王,旁的国王见到如此出家人,都会用花香等供养,您却用红蚂蚁巢去伤害他,这是在毁坏家族的血脉啊。”国王知自己过失后,沉默不语,问守园人:“长老平日也到此园来吗?”“是的,大王。”“那么以后他若来,你要告诉我。”又一日,长老到来时,守园人便禀告了国王。国王于是走近长老请教问题,乃至皈依三宝,获得依怙。然而,在被红蚂蚁巢侵犯的那一天,长老从空中飞走,随后隐入地下,在香室中出现在世尊面前。当时世尊正右胁而卧,具足正念正知,作狮子卧。见长老便问:“婆罗堕阇,你为何于非时来此?”长老答:“是的,世尊。”便将事情经过全部禀告。世尊听后说:“对于沉溺在五欲之乐中的人,为他讲说远离法又有何用?”随即仍保持右胁卧的姿态,为教导长老而宣说了这部经。显示巴利原文
Tato itthiyo āhaṃsu – ‘‘mahārāja, aññe rājāno īdisaṃ pabbajitaṃ disvā pupphagandhādīhi pūjenti, tvaṃ tambakipillikapuṭena āsādetuṃ āraddho ahosi, kulavaṃsaṃ nāsetuṃ uṭṭhito’’ti. So attano dosaṃ ñatvā tuṇhī hutvā uyyānapālaṃ pucchi – ‘‘aññampi divasaṃ thero idhāgacchatī’’ti? ‘‘Āma, mahārājā’’ti. Tena hi yadā āgacchati, tadā me āroceyyāsīti. So ekadivasaṃ there āgate ārocesi. Rājāpi theraṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchitvā pāṇehi saraṇaṃ gato ahosi. Tambakipillikapuṭena āsāditadivase pana thero ākāsenāgantvā puna pathaviyaṃ nimujjitvā bhagavato gandhakuṭiyaṃ ummujji. Bhagavāpi kho dakkhiṇena passena sato sampajāno sīhaseyyaṃ kappayamāno theraṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhāradvāja, akāle āgatosī’’ti āha. Thero ‘‘āma bhagavā’’ti vatvā sabbaṃ taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesi. Taṃ sutvā bhagavā ‘‘kiṃ karissati tassa vivekakathā kāmaguṇagiddhassā’’ti vatvā dakkhiṇena passena nipanno eva therassa dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
其中,「satto」一词意为系缚。「窟中」是指在身体之中。因为身体是贪等猛兽的巢穴,所以称作「窟」。「为众多所覆」即被众多贪等烦恼之网所覆盖。这是在说内在的束缚。「安住」指以贪等而安住着。「人」指有情。「沉溺于迷惑」:迷惑指的是五欲,因为诸天与人都在此迷惑,沉溺于五欲之中。这是在说外在的束缚。「如是之人实远于远离」:像那样的人,实在远离身远离、心远离、所依远离三种远离,毫不亲近。为什么呢?「世间诸欲实不易舍离」:意思是世间中的诸欲,实在难以舍离。显示巴利原文
Tattha sattoti laggo. Guhāyanti kāye. Kāyo hi rāgādīnaṃ vāḷānaṃ vasanokāsato ‘‘guhā’’ti vuccati. Bahunābhichannoti bahunā rāgādikilesajālena abhicchanno. Etena ajjhattabandhanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tiṭṭhanti rāgādivasena tiṭṭhanto. Naroti satto. Mohanasmiṃ pagāḷhoti mohanaṃ vuccati kāmaguṇā. Ettha hi devamanussā muyhanti, tesu ajjhogāḷho hutvā . Etena bahiddhābandhanaṃ vuttaṃ. Dūre vivekā hi tathāvidho soti so tathārūpo naro tividhāpi kāyavivekādikā vivekā dūre anāsanne. Kiṃkāraṇā? Kāmā hi loke na hi suppahāyā, yasmā loke kāmā suppahāyā na hontīti vuttaṃ hoti.
780 这样,由第一首偈颂证成了「像那样的人实在远离于远离」之后,再显示这一类众生的法性,便说出「以渴爱为因」等偈颂。其中,「以渴爱为因」即是以渴爱为因。「系缚于有乐」指系缚在乐受等有乐之中。「他们难解脱」:那些以有乐为所依的事物,或是系着于此、以渴爱为因的众生,极难解脱。「非他所能脱」:不能靠他力获得救度。此处为具格用法,那些众生为何难以解脱?因为他们不是能凭借他力得到救度的。即使能解脱,也必须依靠自力才能解脱——这就是此句的意趣。「或先或后企求」:即于未来或过去,对所贪求的诸欲的企求。「唯此诸欲,往昔亦贪着」:即对现在这些欲,以及过去、未来的欲,以强烈的渴爱在希求。这两句应联系前文「他们难解脱,非他所能脱」来理解,否则……显示巴利原文
780. Evaṃ paṭhamagāthāya ‘‘dūre vivekā tathāvidho’’ti sādhetvā puna tathāvidhānaṃ sattānaṃ dhammataṃ āvikaronto ‘‘icchānidānā’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha icchānidānāti taṇhāhetukā. Bhavasātabaddhāti sukhavedanādimhi bhavasāte baddhā. Te duppamuñcāti te bhavasātavatthubhūtā dhammā, te vā tattha baddhā icchānidānā sattā duppamocayā. Na hi aññamokkhāti aññena ca mocetuṃ na sakkonti. Kāraṇavacanaṃ vā etaṃ, te sattā duppamuñcā. Kasmā? Yasmā aññena mocetabbā na honti. Yadi pana muñceyyuṃ, sakena thāmena muñceyyunti ayamassa attho. Pacchā pure vāpi apekkhamānāti anāgate atīte vā kāme apekkhamānā. Imeva kāme purimeva jappanti ime vā paccuppanne kāme purime vā duvidhepi atītānāgate balavataṇhāya patthayamānā. Imesañca dvinnaṃ padānaṃ ‘‘te duppamuñcā na hi aññamokkhā’’ti iminā saha sambandho veditabbo, itarathā ‘‘apekkhamānā jappaṃ kiṃ karonti kiṃ vā katā’’ti na paññāyeyyuṃ.
781-2 这样,由第一首偈颂证成「如是之人远于远离」,再由第二首偈颂揭示了此类众生的法性之后,现在为了显示他们造作恶业的情形,而宣说「贪着诸欲」等偈颂。其意为:那些众生因受用欲乐的渴爱而「贪着」于诸欲;由于从事追逐寻求等,故称「放逸」;因陷入迷惑,故称「痴蒙」;又因悭吝不舍、不纳受佛陀等的教导,故称「悭吝难教」。他们安住于身恶行等不善的「不平等」中,临命终时被死苦所逼切,而悲叹道:『我们从这里死后,将会投生何处呢?』正因此理,故应修学……乃至……牟尼不如此。其中,「应修学」指应当修习三学;「于此处」即是在这个教法中。其余义理如前所述。显示巴利原文
781-2. Evaṃ paṭhamagāthāya ‘‘dūre vivekā tathāvidho’’ti sādhetvā dutiyagāthāya ca tathāvidhānaṃ sattānaṃ dhammataṃ āvikatvā idāni nesaṃ pāpakammakaraṇaṃ āvikaronto ‘‘kāmesu giddhā’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – te sattā kāmesu paribhogataṇhāya giddhā pariyesanādimanuyuttattā pasutā sammohamāpannattā pamūḷhā avagamanatāya maccharitāya buddhādīnaṃ vacanaṃ anādiyanatāya ca avadāniyā. Kāyavisamādimhi visame niviṭṭhā antakāle maraṇadukkhūpanītā ‘‘kiṃsū bhavissāma ito cutāse’’ti paridevayantīti. Yasmā etadeva, tasmā hi sikkhetha…pe… māhu dhīrāti. Tattha sikkhethāti tisso sikkhā āpajjeyya. Idhevāti imasmiṃyeva sāsane. Sesamuttānameva.
783 现在,为了显示那些不这样行持者的败亡,而说出“我见”等偈颂。其中,“我见”指以肉眼等看见。“世间”指恶趣等世间。“悸动不安”形容这里那里飘摆不定。“此众生”指此有情的身体。“为渴爱所乘”指被渴爱征服、击倒,意为被击倒。“于诸有中”指在欲有等诸有之中。“下劣之人”指行为下劣的人。“在死神门口悲叹”指在临终之际,于死神面前哀号。“未尽渴爱”指尚未去除渴爱。“于诸有与再有”指在诸有与再有中,即一再地在诸有之中。显示巴利原文
783. Idāni ye tathā na karonti, tesaṃ byasanappattiṃ dassento ‘‘passāmī’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha passāmīti maṃsacakkhuādīhi pekkhāmi. Loketi apāyādimhi. Pariphandamānanti ito cito ca phandamānaṃ. Pajaṃ imanti imaṃ sattakāyaṃ. Taṇhagatanti taṇhāya gataṃ abhibhūtaṃ, nipātitanti adhippāyo. Bhavesūti kāmabhavādīsu. Hīnā narāti hīnakammantā narā. Maccumukhe lapantīti antakāle sampatte maraṇamukhe paridevanti. Avītataṇhāseti avigatataṇhā. Bhavābhavesūti kāmabhavādīsu. Atha vā bhavābhavesūti bhavabhavesu, punappunabhavesūti vuttaṃ hoti.
784 现在,由于未断尽渴爱者如此颤抖与悲叹,为了劝导调伏渴爱,而说出“于我所执”等偈颂。其中,“于我所执”指被渴爱、邪见、我慢等执取为“我的”的事物。“看啊”是呼唤听者而说。“此亦”指这种过患。其余义理显而易见。显示巴利原文
784. Idāni yasmā avītataṇhā evaṃ phandanti ca lapanti ca, tasmā taṇhāvinaye samādapento ‘‘mamāyite’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha mamāyiteti taṇhādiṭṭhimamattehi ‘‘mama’’nti pariggahite vatthusmiṃ. Passathāti sotāre ālapanto āha. Etampīti etampi ādīnavaṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
785 如此,其中以第一偈示乐味,以随后四偈示过患。现在为了显示带有方法的出离以及出离的功德,或者说在通过所有这些偈颂显示了诸欲的过患、污秽和染污之后,为了显示出家(出离)的功德,而说出“于两种边际”等两偈。其中,“于两种边际”指触与触的集等两种边际。“调伏欲贪”即调伏对欲乐的欲贪。“遍知触”指遍知眼触等触,或者随触遍知与之相应的所有无色法,以及依于它们的处所、门、所缘的色法——总之,是以三种遍知遍知一切名色。“无贪恋”指对于色等一切法不贪染。“自所呵责,自己不做”:即凡是自己所呵责的事,自己就不去做。“智者于所见闻不沾着”:如此具足坚忍的智者,对于所见之法与所闻之法,不以任何此二种染着而沾着,犹如虚空,完全不染着,达到了毕竟的清净。显示巴利原文
785. Evamettha paṭhamagāthāya assādaṃ, tato parāhi catūhi ādīnavañca dassetvā idāni saupāyaṃ nissaraṇaṃ nissaraṇānisaṃsañca dassetuṃ sabbāhi vā etāhi kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesañca dassetvā idāni nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘ubhosu antesū’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha ubhosu antesūti phassaphassasamudayādīsu dvīsu paricchedesu. Vineyya chandanti chandarāgaṃ vinetvā. Phassaṃ pariññāyāti cakkhusamphassādiphassaṃ, phassānusārena vā taṃsampayutte sabbepi arūpadhamme, tesaṃ vatthudvārārammaṇavasena rūpadhamme cāti sakalampi nāmarūpaṃ tīhi pariññāhi parijānitvā. Anānugiddhoti rūpādīsu sabbadhammesu agiddho. Yadattagarahī tadakubbamānoti yaṃ attanā garahati, taṃ akurumāno. Nalippatī diṭṭhasutesu dhīroti so evarūpo dhitisampanno dhīro diṭṭhesu ca sutesu ca dhammesu dvinnaṃ lepānaṃ ekenapi lepena na lippati. Ākāsamiva nirupalitto accantavodānappatto hoti.
786 至于“遍知想”这首偈颂,其略义如下:不仅遍知触,也依欲想等分别而遍知想,或依想的方式,按照前文所说理趣,以三种遍知遍知名色之后,依此行道渡越四种瀑流。此后,已渡越瀑流者,在渴爱与邪见的执取之处,因舍断了渴爱与邪见的染着而不被染污;这位诸漏尽的牟尼由于已拔除贪等诸箭,故称“已拔箭者”;由于获得正念的圆满,而行持于“不放逸”;或者在初阶行持不放逸,由彼不放逸行持而成为已拔箭者之后,既不希求属于自身或他身等差别的此世界,也不希求他世界;更确切地说,由最终心的灭尽而无所执取,如薪尽火灭一般般涅槃。他以阿拉汉果为顶端结束了这次开示,这仅是确立法的传承,并未另行生起道或果,因为这是对诸漏尽者宣说的缘故。显示巴利原文
786.Saññaṃ pariññāti gāthāya pana ayaṃ saṅkhepattho – na kevalañca phassameva, apica kho pana kāmasaññādibhedaṃ saññampi, saññānusārena vā pubbe vuttanayeneva nāmarūpaṃ tīhi pariññāhi parijānitvā imāya paṭipadāya catubbidhampi vitareyya oghaṃ, tato so tiṇṇogho taṇhādiṭṭhipariggahesu taṇhādiṭṭhilepappahānena nopalitto khīṇāsavamuni rāgādisallānaṃ abbūḷhattā abbūḷhasallo sativepullappattiyā appamatto caraṃ, pubbabhāge vā appamatto caraṃ tena appamādacārena abbūḷhasallo hutvā sakaparattabhāvādibhedaṃ nāsīsatī lokamimaṃ parañca, aññadatthu carimacittanirodhā nirupādāno jātavedova parinibbātīti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi dhammanettiṭṭhapanameva karonto, na uttariṃ imāya desanāya maggaṃ vā phalaṃ vā uppādesi khīṇāsavassa desitattāti.
《忿怒八偈经》释义显示巴利原文
3. Duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttavaṇṇanā
787 以“Vadanti ve duṭṭhamanāpī”开头的是《忿怒八偈经》。它的缘起是怎样的呢?先说第一首偈颂的缘起:如同《牟尼经》的模式,外道们不堪忍受世尊与比丘僧团所得的利养与恭敬,便差遣女游行者孙陀利。据说她是当时国中第一美女,一位白衣女游行者。她沐浴整洁,穿戴得体,以花鬘、香粉与涂香装扮。当世尊说法完毕,舍卫城居民从祇园离去之时,她便从舍卫城出发向祇园走去。人们问她:“你去哪里?”她答:“我去与沙门乔达摩和他的弟子们行乐。”之后便在祇园的门楼附近游荡。待祇园门楼关闭后,她就入城去了。次日清早她又前往祇园,在香室附近装作采花,来回踱步。前来侍奉佛陀的人问她:“你来此有何目的?”她随口编造些言语回答。这样过了约半个月,外道们将她杀害后,弃尸于沟边。清晨他们吵嚷着说“我们见不到孙陀利了!”,并禀告了国王。得到许可后,他们进入祇园假装搜寻,从弃尸处掘出尸体,抬到床上,扛入城中,大肆诽谤。所有这些事情,应当依照巴利圣典《优陀那》第38中所载的方式了知。显示巴利原文
787.Vadantive duṭṭhamanāpīti duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Ādigāthāya tāva uppatti – munisuttanayena bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca uppannalābhasakkāraṃ asahamānā titthiyā sundariṃ paribbājikaṃ uyyojesuṃ. Sā kira janapadakalyāṇī setavatthaparibbājikāva ahosi. Sā sunhātā sunivatthā mālāgandhavilepanavibhūsitā bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā sāvatthivāsīnaṃ jetavanato nikkhamanavelāya sāvatthito nikkhamitvā jetavanābhimukhī gacchati. Manussehi ca ‘‘kuhiṃ gacchasī’’ti pucchitā ‘‘samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ sāvake cassa ramayituṃ gacchāmī’’ti vatvā jetavanadvārakoṭṭhake vicaritvā jetavanadvārakoṭṭhake pidahite nagaraṃ pavisitvā pabhāte puna jetavanaṃ gantvā gandhakuṭisamīpe pupphāni vicinantī viya carati . Buddhupaṭṭhānaṃ āgatehi ca manussehi ‘‘kimatthaṃ āgatāsī’’ti pucchitā yaṃkiñcideva bhaṇati. Evaṃ aḍḍhamāsamatte vītikkante titthiyā taṃ jīvitā voropetvā parikhātaṭe nikkhipitvā pabhāte ‘‘sundariṃ na passāmā’’ti kolāhalaṃ katvā rañño ca ārocetvā tena anuññātā jetavanaṃ pavisitvā vicinantā viya taṃ nikkhittaṭṭhānā uddharitvā mañcakaṃ āropetvā nagaraṃ abhiharitvā upakkosaṃ akaṃsu. Sabbaṃ pāḷiyaṃ (udā. 38) āgatanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
那一天,世尊在破晓时分以佛眼观察世间,知悉“今日外道将散布恶名”,便心想:“愿大众莫因信从他们而对我等起瞋心,从而趣向恶趣。”于是他关上香室之门,独自留在香室内,并未入城托钵。比丘们见门关着,便如常自行入城。人们看见比丘,便以种种方式辱骂他们。于是阿难尊者将所发生之事禀告世尊,说:“尊者,外道散布了极大的恶名,此处已难以安住。赡部洲洲辽阔,我们前往他处吧。”世尊说:“阿难,若彼处也生起恶名,你又将去往何方?”“去别的城市,世尊。”世尊便说道:“阿难,你暂且等待,这番喧扰只会持续七天。七天一过,那造作恶名之事,将返落到制造者自己的头上。”接着,为了为阿难尊者说法,世尊诵出了这首偈颂:“Vadanti ve…”显示巴利原文
Bhagavā taṃ divasaṃ paccūsasamaye buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento ‘‘titthiyā ajja ayasaṃ uppādessantī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘tesaṃ saddahitvā mādise cittaṃ pakopetvā mahājano apāyābhimukho mā ahosī’’ti gandhakuṭidvāraṃ pidahitvā antogandhakuṭiyaṃyeva acchi, na nagaraṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Bhikkhū pana dvāraṃ pidahitaṃ disvā pubbasadisameva pavisiṃsu. Manussā bhikkhū disvā nānappakārehi akkosiṃsu. Atha āyasmā ānando bhagavato taṃ pavattiṃ ārocetvā ‘‘titthiyehi, bhante, mahāayaso uppādito, na sakkā idha vasituṃ, vipulo jambudīpo, aññattha gacchāmā’’ti āha. Tatthapi ayase uṭṭhite kuhiṃ gamissasi ānandāti? ‘‘Aññaṃ nagaraṃ bhagavā’’ti. Atha bhagavā ‘‘āgamehi, ānanda, sattāhamevāyaṃ saddo bhavissati, sattāhaccayena yehi ayaso kato, tesaṃyeva upari patissatī’’ti vatvā ānandattherassa dhammadesanatthaṃ ‘‘vadanti ve’’ti imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
此处,「vadanti」是指他们诽谤世尊与比丘僧团。「Duṭṭhamanāpi eke athopi ve saccamanā」的意思是:一些人内心充满瞋怒,另一些人则信以为真。其中,外道们是心怀瞋怒的人,而那些听了他们的话便信以为真的人,则是以为真有其事者。这句是指生起的辱骂言论。牟尼不受影响(no upeti),因为他不曾造作那样的事,也不会因此而生气。因此应知,这位牟尼在任何地方都不存在由贪等烦恼所产生的‘荒芜’。显示巴利原文
Tattha vadantīti bhagavantaṃ bhikkhusaṅghañca upavadanti. Duṭṭhamanāpi eke athopi ve saccamanāti ekacce duṭṭhacittā, ekacce tathasaññinopi hutvā, titthiyā duṭṭhacittā, ye tesaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā saddahiṃsu, te saccamanāti adhippāyo. Vādañca jātanti etaṃ akkosavādaṃ uppannaṃ. Muni no upetīti akārakatāya ca akuppanatāya ca buddhamuni na upeti. Tasmā munī natthi khilo kuhiñcīti tena kāraṇena ayaṃ muni rāgādikhilehi natthi khilo kuhiñcīti veditabbo.
788 世尊说完这首偈之后,便问阿难尊者:「阿难,比丘们受到这样的轻蔑与贬损,他们怎么说?」阿难回答:「什么也没说,世尊。」世尊说:「阿难,不可因为自认为“我是戒具足者”,便在一切情况下都保持沉默。世间的人并不会把沉默不语者认作智者,反而会将他与愚人混为一谈。」之后,为了说法,世尊又诵出此偈:「Abhūtavādī nirayaṃ upeti」(说虚妄语者堕地狱)。阿难长老记住后,便告诉比丘们:「你们应当用此偈去回应那些人。」比丘们依教奉行。明白事理的人便沉默下来。国王也派人四处搜查,抓住了那些接受外道贿赂而杀害她的恶棍,予以惩治,查明真相,并谴责了外道。众人看见外道,便向他们扔土块、撒尘土,说道:「你们给世尊捏造了恶名!」阿难尊者见状,便禀告世尊。世尊便为尊者诵出此偈:「Sakañhi diṭṭhiṃ…pe… vadeyyā」(自己所执持的邪见……而说)。显示巴利原文
788. Imañca gāthaṃ vatvā bhagavā ānandattheraṃ pucchi, ‘‘evaṃ khuṃsetvā vambhetvā vuccamānā bhikkhū, ānanda, kiṃ vadantī’’ti. Na kiñci bhagavāti. ‘‘Na, ānanda, ‘ahaṃ sīlavā’ti sabbattha tuṇhī bhavitabbaṃ, loke hi nābhāsamānaṃ jānanti missaṃ bālehi paṇḍita’’nti vatvā, ‘‘bhikkhū, ānanda, te manusse evaṃ paṭicodentū’’ti dhammadesanatthāya ‘‘abhūtavādī nirayaṃ upetī’’ti imaṃ gāthamabhāsi. Thero taṃ uggahetvā bhikkhū āha – ‘‘manussā tumhehi imāya gāthāya paṭicodetabbā’’ti. Bhikkhū tathā akaṃsu. Paṇḍitamanussā tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Rājāpi rājapurise sabbato pesetvā yesaṃ dhuttānaṃ lañjaṃ datvā titthiyā taṃ mārāpesuṃ, te gahetvā niggayha taṃ pavattiṃ ñatvā titthiye paribhāsi. Manussāpi titthiye disvā leḍḍunā paharanti, paṃsunā okiranti ‘‘bhagavato ayasaṃ uppādesu’’nti. Ānandatthero taṃ disvā bhagavato ārocesi, bhagavā therassa imaṃ gāthamabhāsi ‘‘sakañhi diṭṭhiṃ…pe… vadeyyā’’ti.
这首偈颂的意思是:外道们抱持着这样一种见解——“杀了孙陀利,宣扬释迦子沙门们的恶名,靠这个手段,我们就能享受所得到的供养。”那么,他们又如何能超越这种邪见呢?实际上,那个恶名已经落回到那些外道自己头上,他们根本无法超越那种邪见。又或者,凡是持常见等论调的人,他自己又怎能超越自己的见解呢?他已经被那种见解的欲求所牵引,并且沉迷于那种见解的偏好。不仅如此,当他自己在制造‘我已圆满’的假象时,便自己把那些恶见当作是圆满的,并且会依照自己所认为的那样去说。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – yāyaṃ diṭṭhi titthiyajanassa ‘‘sundariṃ māretvā samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ avaṇṇaṃ pakāsetvā etenupāyena laddhaṃ sakkāraṃ sādiyissāmā’’ti, so taṃ diṭṭhiṃ kathaṃ atikkameyya, atha kho so ayaso tameva titthiyajanaṃ paccāgato taṃ diṭṭhiṃ accetuṃ asakkontaṃ. Yo vā sassatādivādī, sopi sakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ kathaṃ accayeyya tena diṭṭhicchandena anunīto tāya ca diṭṭhiruciyā niviṭṭho, apica kho pana sayaṃ samattānipakubbamāno attanāva paripuṇṇāni tāni diṭṭhigatāni karonto yathā jāneyya, tatheva vadeyyāti.
789 七天过后,国王命人丢弃了那具尸体。傍晚时分,他来到寺院,礼敬世尊后问道:“尊者,恶名生起之时,难道不该告知于我吗?”世尊听后答道:“大王,并非如此。声称‘我是具戒者、功德具足’,向人自赞,不合圣者威仪。”随后,世尊依此因缘,诵出“Yo attano sīlavatānī”等其余偈颂。显示巴利原文
789. Atha rājā sattāhaccayena taṃ kuṇapaṃ chaḍḍāpetvā sāyanhasamayaṃ vihāraṃ gantvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā āha – ‘‘nanu, bhante, īdise ayase uppanne mayhampi ārocetabbaṃ siyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā, ‘‘na, mahārāja, ‘ahaṃ sīlavā guṇasampanno’ti paresaṃ ārocetuṃ ariyānaṃ patirūpa’’nti vatvā tassā aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ ‘‘yo attano sīlavatānī’’ti avasesagāthāyo abhāsi.
其中,“具戒行”(sīlavatāni)指巴帝摩卡等戒,以及阿兰若住等头陀支的修持。“未被询问”(anānupuṭṭho)意为尚未被问及,便自行宣说。“他自说”(pāvāti)即自我宣扬。诸善巧者称此为“非圣法”(anariyadhammo)。若有人如此自我宣扬,对于这样的言论,善巧者们便说:“此即非圣法。”显示巴利原文
Tattha sīlavatānīti pātimokkhādīni sīlāni āraññikādīni dhutaṅgavatāni ca. Anānupuṭṭhoti apucchito. Pāvāti vadati. Anariyadhammaṃ kusalā tamāhu, yo ātumānaṃ sayameva pāvāti yo evaṃ attānaṃ sayameva vadati, tassa taṃ vādaṃ ‘‘anariyadhammo eso’’ti kusalā evaṃ kathenti.
790 “寂静者”(santo):因贪等烦恼止息而寂静,即已证寂灭者。“如此”(itihanti):指不以戒行自夸,也就是不以“我是戒具足者”等方式在戒上自矜自夸,不说自我抬高之语。“善巧者称此为圣法”(tamariyadhammaṃ kusalā vadanti):对于这种不自夸的品行,佛陀等通达诸蕴之法的善巧者称赞说:“此即圣法。”“于世间何处皆无烦恼增盛”(yassussadā natthi kuhiñci loke):指那位诸漏已尽的圣者,于世间任何处所,皆无贪等七种增盛烦恼。对于这样的他,因不自夸,善巧者便如此称赞:“此即圣法。”应当如此理解其中的关联。显示巴利原文
790.Santoti rāgādikilesavūpasamena santo, tathā abhinibbutatto. Itihanti sīlesu akatthamānoti ‘‘ahamasmi sīlasampanno’’tiādinā nayena iti sīlesu akatthamāno, sīlanimittaṃ attūpanāyikaṃ vācaṃ abhāsamānoti vuttaṃ hoti. Tamariyadhammaṃ kusalā vadantīti tassa taṃ akatthanaṃ ‘‘ariyadhammo eso’’ti buddhādayo khandhādikusalā vadanti. Yassussadā natthi kuhiñci loketi yassa khīṇāsavassa rāgādayo satta ussadā kuhiñci loke natthi, tassa taṃ akatthanaṃ ‘‘ariyadhammo eso’’ti evaṃ kusalā vadantīti sambandho.
791 如此开示了漏尽者的行道之后,为了向国王说明那些见行外道的行道,便说:“虚妄构思,因缘所生。”其中,“虚妄构思的”是指由妄想所安立;“缘生的”是指由种种因缘所造作。“某人的”指任何一位见行者;“诸法”指各种邪见;“被奉于前”指被置于首位,执取不舍。“存在”即现起、存有;“不清净的”指不明净、不清澈。“他看到自身中有利益”:那人看到这种邪见在现法中的利益,如恭敬、利养等,以及在来世中的利益,如生于殊胜之处等,由此便依止于这种利益,也依止于那被称为“动摇、缘生、共许”的邪见。由于依止该邪见,他便可能以不实的功德或过失自抬身价,或轻蔑他人。显示巴利原文
791. Evaṃ khīṇāsavapaṭipattiṃ dassetvā idāni diṭṭhigatikānaṃ titthiyānaṃ paṭipattiṃ rañño dassento āha – ‘‘pakappitā saṅkhatā’’ti. Tattha pakappitāti parikappitā. Saṅkhatāti paccayābhisaṅkhatā. Yassāti yassa kassaci diṭṭhigatikassa. Dhammāti diṭṭhiyo. Purakkhatāti purato katā. Santīti saṃvijjanti. Avīvadātāti avodātā. Yadattani passati ānisaṃsaṃ, taṃ nissito kuppapaṭiccasantinti yassete diṭṭhidhammā purakkhatā avodātā santi, so evaṃvidho yasmā attani tassā diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhidhammikañca sakkārādiṃ, samparāyikañca gativisesādiṃ ānisaṃsaṃ passati, tasmā tañca ānisaṃsaṃ, tañca kuppatāya ca paṭiccasamuppannatāya ca sammutisantitāya ca kuppapaṭiccasantisaṅkhātaṃ diṭṭhiṃ nissitova hoti, so tannissitattā attānaṃ vā ukkaṃseyya pare vā vambheyya abhūtehipi guṇadosehi.
792 如此,依止者……执取此法。其中,“见依处”是指名为“唯此为真实之执取”的各种邪见执著。“非可轻易超越”:不能轻易超越。对于六十二种邪见,人们对那些被执取、被固守的邪见一一认定之后便依之转起,因此说这些见依处“非可轻易超越”。因此,人们在这些见依处中,时而舍弃、时而执取那些法。因为不能轻易超越,他们便在邪见执取中,对诸如羊戒、牛戒、狗戒、五火炙身、模仿哑聋、蹲踞精进、卧荆棘床等种种不同的导师、教说、僧团等方面的法,或舍或取,犹如林中猴子舍弃一根树枝又抓住另一根,应当这样理解。如此或舍或取,心不安住,便可能以不实的功德或过失,为自己或他人带来称誉或毁谤。显示巴利原文
792. Evaṃ nissitena ca diṭṭhīnivesā…pe… ādiyatī ca dhammanti. Tattha diṭṭhīnivesāti idaṃsaccābhinivesasaṅkhātāni diṭṭhinivesanāni. Na hi svātivattāti sukhena ativattitabbā na honti. Dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītanti dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhidhammesu taṃ taṃ samuggahitaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ dhammaṃ nicchinitvā pavattattā diṭṭhinivesā na hi svātivattāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tasmā naro tesu nivesanesu, nirassatī ādiyatī ca dhammanti yasmā na hi svātivattā , tasmā naro tesuyeva diṭṭhinivesanesu ajasīlagosīlakukkurasīlapañcātapamaruppapātaukkuṭikappadhānakaṇṭakāpassayādibhedaṃ satthāradhammakkhānagaṇādibhedañca taṃ taṃ dhammaṃ nirassati ca ādiyati ca jahati ca gaṇhāti ca vanamakkaṭo viya taṃ taṃ sākhanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ nirassanto ca ādiyanto ca anavaṭṭhitacittattā asantehipi guṇadosehi attano vā parassa vā yasāyasaṃ uppādeyya.
793 然而,那位因具足智慧,能涤除一切恶见等过失,故称“涤除者”。对于这位涤除者……他无所执取。这是什么意思呢?由于具足涤除之法,对于涤除者——已抖落一切恶的阿拉汉,在世间诸有中,无论何处,那虚妄构思的邪见皆不存在。由于他没有那种邪见,而外道们或因覆藏自作的恶业,或以伪诈,或以骄慢而走上非道,他则已舍断伪诈与骄慢。涤除者还会以何种贪等过失趣向非道呢?在现世或来世,他又凭什么名义趣入地狱等殊胜去处呢?他无所执取,因贪著与见著二者皆无,故说无所执取。显示巴利原文
793. Yo panāyaṃ sabbadiṭṭhigatādidosadhunanāya paññāya samannāgatattā dhono, tassa dhonassa hi…pe… anūpayo so. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Dhonadhammasamannāgamā dhonassa dhutasabbapāpassa arahato katthaci loke tesu tesu bhavesu pakappitā diṭṭhi natthi, so tassā diṭṭhiyā abhāvena, yāya ca attanā kataṃ pāpakammaṃ paṭicchādentā titthiyā māyāya mānena vā etaṃ agatiṃ gacchanti, tampi māyañca mānañca pahāya dhono rāgādīnaṃ dosānaṃ kena gaccheyya, diṭṭhadhamme samparāye vā nirayādīsu gativisesesu kena saṅkhaṃ gaccheyya, anūpayo so, so hi taṇhādiṭṭhiupayānaṃ dvinnaṃ abhāvena anūpayoti.
794 然而,由那两者的存在而成为执取者,那执取者即是……乃至“他已于此处灭尽一切邪见”。其中,“执取者”是指依止于渴爱与邪见者。“于诸法中,言论趋入”:即对于种种法,言论便随之趋入,如说“被贪染者”或“被嗔恚者”。对于因断除渴爱与邪见而无执取、诸漏尽的人,又能以何贪、何嗔,以何种言论说“他是被贪染者”或“他是被嗔恚者”呢?他如此无可指责,又怎会像外道那样成为覆藏恶行的人呢?此是言外之意。“他既无自执,亦无无自执”:因为他既没有我见,也没有断灭见;既无执取,也无舍弃,即所谓的“自”与“无自”。若问:“为何没有?”——“他已于此处灭尽一切邪见”:因为他就在这现有之身中,以智慧之风灭尽、舍弃、驱除了一切邪见。就这样,世尊以阿拉汉果为顶峰结束了说法。国王听了,满心欢喜,礼敬世尊后离去。显示巴利原文
794. Yo pana tesaṃ dvinnaṃ bhāvena upayo hoti, so upayo hi…pe… diṭṭhimidheva sabbanti. Tattha upayoti taṇhādiṭṭhinissito. Dhammesu upeti vādanti ‘‘ratto’’ti vā ‘‘duṭṭho’’ti vā evaṃ tesu tesu dhammesu upeti vādaṃ. Anūpayaṃ kena kathaṃ vadeyyāti taṇhādiṭṭhipahānena anūpayaṃ khīṇāsavaṃ kena rāgena vā dosena vā kathaṃ ‘‘ratto’’ti vā ‘‘duṭṭho’’ti vā vadeyya, evaṃ anupavajjo ca so kiṃ titthiyā viya katapaṭicchādako bhavissatīti adhippāyo. Attā nirattā na hi tassa atthīti tassa hi attadiṭṭhi vā ucchedadiṭṭhi vā natthi, gahaṇaṃ muñcanaṃ vāpi attanirattasaññitaṃ natthi. Kiṃkāraṇā natthīti ce? Adhosi so diṭṭhimidheva sabbaṃ, yasmā so idheva attabhāve ñāṇavātena sabbaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ adhosi, pajahi, vinodesīti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Taṃ sutvā rājā attamano bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā pakkāmīti.
4. 《净八偈经》释义。显示巴利原文
4. Suddhaṭṭhakasuttavaṇṇanā
795 「我看见清净」等为《净八偈经》。它如何生起的呢?据说在过去的迦叶世尊时代,有一位住在波罗奈城的居士,为了购买货物,带五百辆车前往边境地方。他在那里与一位在林中游走的人成为朋友,向他致送赠礼后问道:「朋友,你可曾见过栴檀心材?」那人回答:「是的,主人。」于是居士与他一同进入栴檀林,把所有的车辆都装满栴檀心材,并告诉那位林中游行者:「朋友,你什么时候来波罗奈时,就带些栴檀心材来吧。」说完便回波罗奈去了。后来有一次,那位林中游行者拿了栴檀心材来到居士的家。居士见到他,尽了种种款待,傍晚时分让人把栴檀心材捣碎,装满一个盒子,说:「朋友,去沐浴后再来吧。」便让自己的仆人陪他去沐浴渡口。那时波罗奈城中正逢节庆。波罗奈的居民们一早作了布施供养之后,到傍晚穿上洁净的衣服,手持花鬘、香等,去礼敬迦叶世尊的大塔庙。那位林中游行者看见众人,问道:「大众要去哪儿?」听闻「去精舍礼敬塔庙」后,自己也跟着去了。在那里,他看见人们用雌黄、辰砂等各种方式供养塔庙,自己却不知该做点什么殊胜的供养,便取来那些栴檀,在大塔庙的金砖之上,做成一个像铜钵大小般的圆轮形。那时,太阳升起之际,阳光照射而来。他看见后心生净信,并发愿说:「无论我投生在何处,愿我胸中生起这样的毫光。」他命终后投生到三十三天,胸前果然升起毫光,胸轮就像月轮一般闪耀,被称为「月明天子」。显示巴利原文
795.Passāmisuddhanti suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Atīte kira kassapassa bhagavato kāle bārāṇasivāsī aññataro kuṭumbiko pañcahi sakaṭasatehi paccantajanapadaṃ agamāsi bhaṇḍaggahaṇatthaṃ. Tattha vanacarakena saddhiṃ mittaṃ katvā tassa paṇṇākāraṃ datvā pucchi – ‘‘kacci, te samma, candanasāraṃ diṭṭhapubba’’nti? ‘‘Āma sāmī’’ti ca vutte teneva saddhiṃ candanavanaṃ pavisitvā sabbasakaṭāni candanasārassa pūretvā tampi vanacarakaṃ ‘‘yadā, samma, bārāṇasiṃ āgacchasi, tadā candanasāraṃ gahetvā āgaccheyyāsī’’ti vatvā bārāṇasiṃyeva agamāsi. Athāparena samayena sopi vanacarako candanasāraṃ gahetvā tassa gharaṃ agamāsi. So taṃ disvā sabbaṃ paṭisanthāraṃ katvā sāyanhasamaye candanasāraṃ pisāpetvā samuggaṃ pūretvā ‘‘gaccha, samma, nhāyitvā āgacchā’’ti attano purisena saddhiṃ nhānatitthaṃ pesesi. Tena ca samayena bārāṇasiyaṃ ussavo hoti. Atha bārāṇasivāsino pātova dānaṃ datvā sāyaṃ suddhavatthanivatthā mālāgandhādīni gahetvā kassapassa bhagavato mahācetiyaṃ vandituṃ gacchanti. So vanacarako te disvā ‘‘mahājano kuhiṃ gacchatī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Vihāraṃ cetiyavandanatthāyā’’ti ca sutvā sayampi agamāsi. Tattha manusse haritālamanosilādīhi nānappakārehi cetiye pūjaṃ karonte disvā kiñci citraṃ kātuṃ ajānanto taṃ candanaṃ gahetvā mahācetiye suvaṇṇiṭṭhakānaṃ. Upari kaṃsapātimattaṃ maṇḍalaṃ akāsi. Atha tattha sūriyuggamanavelāyaṃ sūriyarasmiyo uṭṭhahiṃsu. So taṃ disvā pasīdi, patthanañca akāsi ‘‘yattha yattha nibbattāmi, īdisā me rasmiyo ure uṭṭhahantū’’ti. So kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsesu nibbatti. Tassa ure rasmiyo uṭṭhahiṃsu, candamaṇḍalaṃ viyassa uramaṇḍalaṃ virocati, ‘‘candābho devaputto’’tveva ca naṃ sañjāniṃsu.
他由于那种成就,在六欲天之间顺逆流转,度过了一佛间隔。当我们的世尊出现于世时,他降生在舍卫城一个富有的婆罗门大家族中。同样地,他的胸部有如同月轮般的光轮。取名那天,婆罗门们为他举行吉祥仪式,看到那个光轮后,惊叹地说:‘这孩子具有财富与福德之相。’于是给他取名‘月光’。当他成年时,婆罗门们带他去装饰打扮,让他穿上红色上衣,登上车乘,并尊崇他为‘大梵天’。他们游行于村落、市镇和王都之间,高声宣告:‘谁见到月光,谁就能获得名誉、财富等,并于来世生天。’所到之处,人们纷纷说:‘据说这位就是月光,谁见到他,就能获得名誉、财富乃至生天。’于是越来越多的人聚集而来,整个赡部洲都为之震动。婆罗门们不让那些空手而来的人见到他,只让带着一百或一千钱而来的人见。就这样,婆罗门们带着月光一路游行,逐渐来到了舍卫城。显示巴利原文
So tāya sampattiyā chasu devalokesu anulomapaṭilomato ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ khepetvā amhākaṃ bhagavati uppanne sāvatthiyaṃ brāhmaṇamahāsālakule nibbatti, tathevassa ure candamaṇḍalasadisaṃ rasmimaṇḍalaṃ ahosi. Nāmakaraṇadivase cassa maṅgalaṃ katvā brāhmaṇā taṃ maṇḍalaṃ disvā ‘‘dhaññapuññalakkhaṇo ayaṃ kumāro’’ti vimhitā ‘‘candābho’’ tveva nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Taṃ vayappattaṃ brāhmaṇā gahetvā alaṅkaritvā rattakañcukaṃ pārupāpetvā rathe āropetvā ‘‘mahābrahmā aya’’nti pūjetvā ‘‘yo candābhaṃ passati, so yasadhanādīni labhati, samparāyañca saggaṃ gacchatī’’ti ugghosentā gāmanigamarājadhānīsu āhiṇḍanti. Gatagataṭṭhāne manussā ‘‘esa kira bho candābho nāma, yo etaṃ passati, so yasadhanasaggādīni labhatī’’ti uparūpari āgacchanti, sakalajambudīpo cali. Brāhmaṇā tucchahatthakānaṃ āgatānaṃ na dassenti, sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā gahetvā āgatānameva dassenti. Evaṃ candābhaṃ gahetvā anuvicarantā brāhmaṇā kamena sāvatthiṃ anuppattā.
那时,世尊已转无上法轮,渐次游行至舍卫城,住于祇园,为利益大众而说法。月光到达舍卫城后,便如汇入大海的小河一般隐没不显,甚至无人再提起‘月光’之名。傍晚时分,他看见大众手持花鬘、香等物品向祇园走去,便问道:‘你们去哪里?’他们回答:‘佛陀出现于世间,正为利益大众而说法,我们前往祇园听法。’听了这话,月光也在婆罗门众的围绕下前往那里。当时,世尊正坐于法堂中殊胜的佛座上。月光走近世尊,亲切问候后,退坐一旁。就在这时,他身上原有的光芒消失了。因为在佛陀光芒的八十肘范围内,其他光芒都无法显现。他心想:‘我的光芒消失了。’便从座位起身,想要离开。这时有人对他说:‘喂,月光,你是害怕沙门乔达摩才离开的吗?’他说:‘我不是因为害怕而离开,只是在他的威光之下,我的光芒显现不出来。’于是他又在世尊面前坐下,从脚底到发梢,观察世尊身体色泽、光芒等种种相好成就,心想:‘沙门乔达摩有大威德。我仅靠胸部这一点微小的光芒,婆罗门们便带着我游遍了整个赡部洲。而对于具足如此殊胜相好成就的沙门……’显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena bhagavā pavattitavaradhammacakko anupubbena sāvatthiṃ āgantvā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane bahujanahitāya dhammaṃ desento. Atha candābho sāvatthiṃ patvā samuddapakkhantakunnadī viya apākaṭo ahosi, candābhoti bhaṇantopi natthi. So sāyanhasamaye mahājanakāyaṃ mālāgandhādīni ādāya jetavanābhimukhaṃ gacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘kuhiṃ gacchathā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Buddho loke uppanno, so bahujanahitāya dhammaṃ deseti, taṃ sotuṃ jetavanaṃ gacchāmā’’ti ca tesaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā sopi brāhmaṇagaṇaparivuto tattheva agamāsi. Bhagavā ca tasmiṃ samaye dhammasabhāyaṃ varabuddhāsane nisinnova hoti. Candābho bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma madhurapaṭisanthāraṃ katvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, tāvadeva cassa so āloko antarahito. Buddhālokassa hi samīpe asītihatthabbhantare añño āloko nābhibhoti. So ‘‘āloko me naṭṭho’’ti nisīditvāva uṭṭhāsi, uṭṭhahitvā ca gantumāraddho. Atha naṃ aññataro puriso āha – ‘‘kiṃ bho candābha, samaṇassa gotamassa bhīto gacchasī’’ti. Nāhaṃ bhīto gacchāmi, apica me imassa tejena āloko na sampajjatīti punadeva bhagavato purato nisīditvā pādatalā paṭṭhāya yāva kesaggā rūparaṃsilakkhaṇādisampattiṃ disvā ‘‘mahesakkho samaṇo gotamo, mama ure appamattako āloko uṭṭhito, tāvatakenapi maṃ gahetvā brāhmaṇā sakalajambudīpaṃ vicaranti. Evaṃ varalakkhaṇasampattisamannāgatassa samaṇassa gotamassa neva māno uppanno, addhā ayaṃ anomaguṇasamannāgato bhavissati satthā devamanussāna’’nti ativiya pasannacitto bhagavantaṃ vanditvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhagavā aññataraṃ theraṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘pabbājehi na’’nti. So taṃ pabbājetvā tacapañcakakammaṭṭhānaṃ ācikkhi. So vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā na cireneva arahattaṃ patvā ‘‘candābhatthero’’ti vissuto ahosi. Taṃ ārabbha bhikkhū kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesuṃ ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, ye candābhaṃ addasaṃsu. Te yasaṃ vā dhanaṃ vā labhiṃsu, saggaṃ vā gacchiṃsu, visuddhiṃ vā pāpuṇiṃsu tena cakkhudvārikarūpadassanenā’’ti. Bhagavā tassaṃ aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
其中,第一颂的意思是:比丘们,并非通过这样的见而获得清净。实际上,因为烦恼垢染,所以不清净;因为烦恼病未除去,月光婆罗门或其他类似的人,实际上是有病之人。那些执持邪见的愚人见到他后,便这样认为:‘我见到了清净、最上、无病的人’,并以为通过那种所谓‘见’的观察,人就能得到清净。他如此认为,便将那种见视作‘最上’,于该见中见为清净,进而将那种见执取为‘道智’。但那并非道智。因此,世尊宣说了‘若通过见而有清净’这第二颂。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭhamagāthāya tāvattho – na, bhikkhave, evarūpena dassanena suddhi hoti. Apica kho kilesamalinattā asuddhaṃ, kilesarogānaṃ avigamā sarogameva candābhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ aññaṃ vā evarūpaṃ disvā diṭṭhigatiko bālo abhijānāti ‘‘passāmi suddhaṃ paramaṃ arogaṃ, tena ca diṭṭhisaṅkhātena dassanena saṃsuddhi narassa hotī’’ti, so evaṃ abhijānanto taṃ dassanaṃ ‘‘parama’’nti ñatvā tasmiṃ dassane suddhānupassī samāno taṃ dassanaṃ ‘‘maggañāṇa’’nti pacceti. Taṃ pana maggañāṇaṃ na hoti. Tenāha – ‘‘diṭṭhena ce suddhī’’ti dutiyagāthaṃ.
796 它的意思是:如果通过那种称为‘见色相’的所见,人的烦恼就能清净;或者,通过那种智,他就能断除生等诸苦。假如是这样,那么他就是依于圣道之外的、不清净的道而清净,他仍被贪等依着所系缚,实有依着而住,却自以为清净,这就不成立了。事实上,这样的人并未清净。因此,他的邪见把他引向那样的说法——那邪见本身便说:‘此人是邪见者。’并随顺其见,如同‘世间是常’等论理,如此这般地宣说。显示巴利原文
796. Tassattho – tena rūpadassanasaṅkhātena diṭṭhena yadi kilesasuddhi narassa hoti. Tena vā ñāṇena so yadi jātiādidukkhaṃ pajahāti. Evaṃ sante ariyamaggato aññena asuddhimaggeneva so sujjhati, rāgādīhi upadhīhi saupadhiko eva samāno sujjhatīti āpannaṃ hoti, na ca evaṃvidho sujjhati. Tasmā diṭṭhī hi naṃ pāva tathā vadānaṃ, sā naṃ diṭṭhiyeva ‘‘micchādiṭṭhiko aya’’nti katheti diṭṭhianurūpaṃ ‘‘sassato loko’’tiādinā nayena tathā tathā vadanti.
797 第三颂说:“婆罗门不从其他方面宣称清净。”其意为:因消除恶法而成为婆罗门者,乃是透过圣道证得漏尽、诸漏已尽的婆罗门。他不在圣道智之外的任何事物中,以生起的邪智宣称有清净——不于称为“见”的所谓吉祥色相,不于称为“闻”的种种声音,不于称为“戒”的不违犯,不于称为“行”的象戒、牛戒等仪轨,也不于称为“触”的地、水、火、风等所触。其余文句正是为了赞叹这位婆罗门而说。他于福与罪都无所染着,由于已舍断我见、舍断一切执取,故被称为“弃我者”;由于不再造作福行等,故被称为“在此世间无所造作”。因此,世尊这样赞叹他。与前一颂句的关联应如此理解:“于福与罪皆不染着,弃我者,在此世间无所造作——这样的婆罗门,不从其他方面宣称清净。”显示巴利原文
797.Na brāhmaṇoti tatiyagāthā. Tassattho – yo pana bāhitapāpattā brāhmaṇo hoti, so maggena adhigatāsavakkhayo khīṇāsavabrāhmaṇo ariyamaggañāṇato aññena abhimaṅgalasammatarūpasaṅkhāte diṭṭhe tathāvidhasaddasaṅkhāte sute avītikkamasaṅkhāte sīle hatthivatādibhede vate pathaviādibhede mute ca uppannena micchāñāṇena suddhiṃ na āha. Sesamassa brāhmaṇassa vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. So hi tedhātukapuññe sabbasmiñca pāpe anūpalitto, tassa pahīnattā attadiṭṭhiyā yassa kassaci vā gahaṇassa pahīnattā attañjaho, puññābhisaṅkhārādīnaṃ akaraṇato nayidha pakubbamānoti vuccati. Tasmā naṃ evaṃ pasaṃsanto āha. Sabbasseva cassa purimapādena sambandho veditabbo – puññe ca pāpe ca anūpalitto, attañjaho nayidha pakubbamāno, na brāhmaṇo aññato suddhimāhāti.
798 在说完“婆罗门不从其他方面宣称清净”后,为了显示那些持邪见、从其他方面宣称清净的人,其邪见并不能达成清净,世尊说了颂:“舍弃前者……”其意为:他们虽自称从其他方面得到清净,但由于未舍断邪见,故而不断执取与舍弃,舍弃先前的老师等,又转而依附后来的。他们被名为“动转”的渴爱所跟随、所征服,不能超越贪等种种结缚。由于未能超越,他们学习种种法之后又舍弃,犹如猴子抓放树枝一般。显示巴利原文
798. Evaṃ na brāhmaṇo aññato suddhimāhāti vatvā idāni ye diṭṭhigatikā aññato suddhiṃ bruvanti, tesaṃ tassā diṭṭhiyā anibbāhakabhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘purimaṃ pahāyā’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – te hi aññato suddhivādā samānāpi yassā diṭṭhiyā appahīnattā gahaṇamuñcanaṃ hoti. Tāya purimaṃ satthārādiṃ pahāya aparaṃ nissitā ejāsaṅkhātāya taṇhāya anugatā abhibhūtā rāgādibhedaṃ na taranti saṅgaṃ, tañca atarantā taṃ taṃ dhammaṃ uggaṇhanti ca nirassajanti ca makkaṭova sākhanti.
799 第五颂的关联是:那位被称为“邪见将他导向那样的言说”的人,他即是“自己执取……”。其中,“自己”指亲自;“执取”指拿取、采纳;“诸戒行”指象戒等;“高低”指依次更替、或低劣或殊胜的老师等;“系着于想”指沉迷于欲想等。“智者以诸智通达法”意指通达究竟义的智者——阿拉汉,以四种道智完全证悟四谛法。其余的意思显而易见。显示巴利原文
799. Pañcamagāthāya sambandho – yo ca so ‘‘diṭṭhī hi naṃ pāva tathā vadāna’’nti vutto, so sayaṃ samādāyāti. Tattha sayanti sāmaṃ. Samādāyāti gahetvā. Vatānīti hatthivatādīni. Uccāvacanti aparāparaṃ hīnapaṇītaṃ vā satthārato satthārādiṃ. Saññasattoti kāmasaññādīsu laggo. Vidvā ca vedehi samecca dhammanti paramatthavidvā ca arahā catūhi maggañāṇavedehi catusaccadhammaṃ abhisameccāti. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
800 ‘他于一切法中摧破魔军而安住,凡所见、所闻或所觉……’的意思是:那位智慧广大、诸漏已尽的智者,对于任何所见、所闻或所觉,因在一切法中摧破魔军而安住,故已远离欲染。‘那样明净见者’指具足如此清净之见的人。‘坦然而行’指断除了渴爱等覆障,无有隐藏而行。‘于此世间谁能虚妄计量?’指在此世间,谁能以渴爱的计量或邪见的计量来虚妄计量他?或者,由于他已断除贪等,如前所说,无人能计量他。显示巴利原文
800.Sa sabbadhammesu visenibhūto, yaṃkiñci diṭṭhaṃva sutaṃ mutaṃ vāti sobhūripañño khīṇāsavo yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā mutaṃ vā tesu sabbadhammesu mārasenaṃ vināsetvā ṭhitabhāvena visenibhūto. Tamevadassinti taṃ evaṃ visuddhadassiṃ. Vivaṭaṃ carantantitaṇhacchadanādivigamena vivaṭaṃ hutvā carantaṃ. Kenīdha lokasmiṃ vikappayeyyāti kena idha loke taṇhākappena vā diṭṭhikappena vā koci vikappeyya, tesaṃ vā pahīnattā rāgādinā pubbe vuttenāti.
801 ‘不计量’这首偈颂的关联和含义是:不仅如此,那些安住于如是状态的圣者,对于两种计量及所尊崇的对象,既不计量,也不尊崇。因为他们已证得究竟、绝对的清净,所以不会将并非绝对清净的‘无作常见’说为绝对清净。‘已解开所执取之结的系缚’意指以圣道之剑,断除四种因执取色等而称为‘取结’、紧系于心相续的结缚。其余文义显而易见。显示巴利原文
801.Na kappayantīti gāthāya sambandho attho ca – kiñca bhiyyo? Te hi tādisā santo dvinnaṃ kappānaṃ purekkhārānañca kenaci na kappayanti na purekkharonti, paramatthaaccantasuddhiadhigatattā anaccantasuddhiṃyeva akiriyasassatadiṭṭhiṃ accanta suddhīti na te vadanti. Ādānaganthaṃ gathitaṃ visajjāti catubbidhampi rūpādīnaṃ ādāyakattā ādānaganthaṃ attano cittasantāne gathitaṃ baddhaṃ ariyamaggasatthena visajja chinditvā. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
802 ‘超越界限’这首偈颂,是就个人而说的教法。它的关联与前一首相似,应结合释义来理解:不仅如此,那位智慧广大者,因超越了四种烦恼的界限,故称‘越界者’;因已断除一切恶法,故称‘婆罗门’。对于这样的成就者,无论以他心智或宿住随念智了知,还是以肉眼或天眼所见,都不存在任何执取或固著——这便是这首偈的意义。同时,他因无欲贪,故不贪著欲乐;因无色贪与无色贪,故亦不执著离欲。正因如此,对于这样的圣者,在此世间,没有任何‘这是最上’的执取。世尊便以阿拉汉果为究竟,结束了这次教说。显示巴利原文
802.Sīmātigoti gāthā ekapuggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya vuttā. Pubbasadiso eva panassā sambandho, so evaṃ atthavaṇṇanāya saddhiṃ veditabbo – kiñca bhiyyo so īdiso bhūripañño catunnaṃ kilesasīmānaṃ atītattā sīmātigo bāhitapāpattā ca brāhmaṇo, itthambhūtassa ca tassa natthi paracittapubbenivāsañāṇehi ñatvā vā maṃsacakkhudibbacakkhūhi disvā vā kiñci samuggahītaṃ, abhiniviṭṭhanti vuttaṃ hoti. So ca kāmarāgābhāvato na rāgarāgī, rūpārūparāgābhāvato na virāgaratto. Yato evaṃvidhassa ‘‘idaṃ para’’nti kiñci idha uggahitaṃ natthīti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
5. 《最胜八人伙经》解释显示巴利原文
5. Paramaṭṭhakasuttavaṇṇanā
803 “Paramantidiṭṭhīsū”即《最胜八人伙经》。此经的起源是怎样的呢?据说,世尊住在舍卫城时,众多外道聚集一处,各自宣扬己见,纷纷声称“这是最上的,这是最上的”,由此产生争论,并告到了国王那里。国王下令召集众多天生盲人,吩咐说:“让他们认识一下大象。”侍从们便将盲人带到大象前,让大象卧下,说:“你们看吧!”盲人们各自摸到了大象的不同部位。接着,国王问道:“大象是什么样子的?”摸到象鼻的盲人说:“大王,就像犁柄。”而摸到象牙等部位的盲人则斥责那人说:“喂,别在国王面前胡说!”然后又说:“大王,就像墙上的桩子。”等等。国王听完这一切后,说:“这就是你们的教义吗?”便将那些外道遣走了。一位乞食比丘得知此事,便禀告世尊。世尊以此因缘召集比丘们,说:“诸位比丘,正如那些天生盲人不了解大象,只是摸到某个部位便争执不休,外道们也不了解导向解脱的法,执取各自的见解而争论。”如此说过之后,为宣说此法,世尊诵出了这部经。显示巴利原文
803.Paramantidiṭṭhīsūti paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Bhagavati kira sāvatthiyaṃ viharante nānātitthiyā sannipatitvā attano attano diṭṭhiṃ dīpentā ‘‘idaṃ paramaṃ, idaṃ parama’’nti kalahaṃ katvā rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā sambahule jaccandhe sannipātāpetvā ‘‘imesaṃ hatthiṃ dassethā’’ti āṇāpesi. Rājapurisā andhe sannipātāpetvā hatthiṃ purato sayāpetvā ‘‘passathā’’ti āhaṃsu. Te hatthissa ekamekaṃ aṅgaṃ parāmasiṃsu. Tato raññā ‘‘kīdiso, bhaṇe, hatthī’’ti puṭṭho yo soṇḍaṃ parāmasi, so ‘‘seyyathāpi, mahārāja, naṅgalīsā’’ti bhaṇi. Ye dantādīni parāmasiṃsu, te itaraṃ ‘‘mā bho rañño purato musā bhaṇī’’ti paribhāsitvā ‘‘seyyathāpi, mahārāja, bhittikhilo’’tiādīni āhaṃsu. Rājā taṃ sabbaṃ sutvā ‘‘īdiso tumhākaṃ samayo’’ti titthiye uyyojesi. Aññataro piṇḍacāriko taṃ pavattiṃ ñatvā bhagavato ārocesi. Bhagavā tassaṃ aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ bhikkhū āmantetvā ‘‘yathā, bhikkhave, jaccandhā hatthiṃ ajānantā taṃ taṃ aṅgaṃ parāmasitvā vivadiṃsu, evaṃ titthiyā vimokkhantikadhammaṃ ajānantā taṃ taṃ diṭṭhiṃ parāmasitvā vivadantī’’ti vatvā dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
在此,“paramanti diṭṭhīsu paribbasāno”意为:执取“这是最上”的见解,而安住于各自的观点中。“yaduttari kurute”意为:他以自己所认定的导师等为最上。“hīnā”意为:他将自己导师等之外的一切,都说成“这些都是低劣的”。因此,他无法超越争论:正是由于这个原因,他在见解的争执中始终无法超脱。显示巴利原文
Tattha paramanti diṭṭhīsu paribbasānoti ‘‘idaṃ parama’’nti gahetvā sakāya sakāya diṭṭhiyā vasamāno. Yaduttari kuruteti yaṃ attano satthārādiṃ seṭṭhaṃ karoti. Hīnāti aññe tato sabbamāhāti taṃ attano satthārādiṃ ṭhapetvā tato aññe sabbe ‘‘hīnā ime’’ti āha. Tasmā vivādāni avītivattoti tena kāraṇena so diṭṭhikalahe avītivattova hoti.
804 第二首偈颂的涵义是:如此未能超脱的人,在所见、所闻、所受的戒禁、所觉知的事物上,对于那个名为“见解”的自我,看到如前所述的利益。于是他就在那里,执着己见的利益,认定“此才最胜”,而将其他一切——包括他人的导师等——都视为低劣。显示巴利原文
804. Dutiyagāthāya attho – evaṃ avītivatto ca yaṃ diṭṭhe sute sīlavate muteti etesu vatthūsu uppannadiṭṭhisaṅkhāte attani pubbe vuttappakāraṃ ānisaṃsaṃ passati. Tadeva so tattha sakāya diṭṭhiyā ānisaṃsaṃ ‘‘idaṃ seṭṭha’’nti abhinivisitvā aññaṃ sabbaṃ parasatthārādikaṃ nihīnato passati.
805 第三首偈颂的意思是:一位如此观察的人,若因依止自己的导师等,便视其他导师等为低劣——这种见解,智者称之为“结缚”,意即束缚。正因如此,比丘不应依止所见、所闻、所觉,也不应依止戒禁取,不应执着。显示巴利原文
805. Tatiyagāthāya attho – evaṃ passato cassa yaṃ attano satthārādiṃ nissito aññaṃ parasatthārādiṃ hīnaṃ passati taṃ pana dassanaṃ ganthameva kusalā vadanti, bandhananti vuttaṃ hoti . Yasmā etadeva, tasmā hi diṭṭhaṃva sutaṃ mutaṃ vā sīlabbataṃ bhikkhu na nissayeyya, nābhiniveseyyāti vuttaṃ hoti.
806 第四首偈颂的意思是:不仅不应依止所见、所闻等,在世间也不应构思、生起任何尚未生起的更高见解。是怎样的见解呢?不应当构思这样的见解——即由智或戒禁取而构思者,诸如等至之智等所构成的智,或由戒禁取所成的一类见解。不仅不应当构思见解,而且也不应出于出身等事由,以慢心认为自己与他人等同,或认为“我是低劣的”,或认为“我是殊胜的”。显示巴利原文
806. Catutthagāthāya attho – na kevalaṃ diṭṭhasutādiṃ na nissayeyya, apica kho pana asañjātaṃ uparūpari diṭṭhimpi lokasmiṃ na kappayeyya, na janeyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kīdisaṃ? Ñāṇena vā sīlavatena vāpi, samāpattiñāṇādinā ñāṇena vā sīlavatena vā yā kappiyati, etaṃ diṭṭhiṃ na kappeyya. Na kevalañca diṭṭhiṃ na kappayeyya, apica kho pana mānenapi jātiādīhi vatthūhi samoti attānamanūpaneyya, hīno na maññetha visesi vāpīti.
807 第五首偈颂的意思是:当他如此不构思见解,不对“我”生起慢心,舍离了“我”而无执取时,就在这一生,他舍弃了先前所执取的,不再执取后来的;对于前述那种智,他亦不作两种依止。如此一来,他确实不会随党派而行——在那些因种种见解而分裂的众生当中,他不随贪欲等而行。对于六十二种邪见,他不执取任何一者,不再退堕于任何见解。这就是所说的意思。显示巴利原文
807. Pañcamagāthāya attho – evañhi diṭṭhiṃ akappento amaññamāno ca attaṃ pahāya anupādiyāno idha vā yaṃ pubbe gahitaṃ, taṃ pahāya aparaṃ aggaṇhanto tasmimpi vuttappakāre ñāṇe duvidhaṃ nissayaṃ no karoti. Akaronto ca sa ve viyattesu nānādiṭṭhivasena bhinnesu sattesu na vaggasārī chandādivasena agacchanadhammo hutvā dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhīsu kiñcipi diṭṭhiṃ na pacceti, na paccāgacchatīti vuttaṃ hoti.
808-10 现在,为了称赞此偈所说的漏尽者,而说‘yassūbhayante’等三首偈颂。其中,‘两极端’指前文所述的触等类别。‘愿’即渴爱。‘bhavābhavāya’意为为了再三地有。‘此处或彼处’指于自身等类别的此处,或于他身等类别的他处。‘于所见’即经由所见而求清净等,对于‘闻’等也应如此理解。‘想’指能引发想的见解。‘dhammāpitesaṃ na paṭicchitāse’意为:即使是六十二种恶见之法,他们也不生起‘唯此真实,余皆虚妄’之想。‘Pāraṅgato na pacceti tādī’意为:到达涅槃彼岸的人,不会退转——那些由各道所断除的烦恼,不再生起;并且他以五种方式成为‘如者’。其余的意思很明白了。显示巴利原文
808-10. Idāni yo so imāya gāthāya vutto khīṇāsavo, tassa vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ ‘‘yassūbhayante’’tiādikā tisso gāthāyo āha. Tattha ubhayanteti pubbe vuttaphassādibhede. Paṇidhīti taṇhā. Bhavābhavāyāti punappunabhavāya. Idha vā huraṃ vāti sakattabhāvādibhede idha vā parattabhāvādibhede parattha vā. Diṭṭhe vāti diṭṭhasuddhiyā vā. Esa nayo sutādīsu. Saññāti saññāsamuṭṭhāpikā diṭṭhi. Dhammāpitesaṃ na paṭicchitāseti dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatadhammāpi tesaṃ ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti evaṃ na paṭicchitā. Pāraṅgato na pacceti tādīti nibbānapāraṃ gato tena tena maggena pahīne kilese puna nāgacchati, pañcahi ca ākārehi tādī hotīti. Sesaṃ pākaṭamevāti.
第六 衰老经释义显示巴利原文
6. Jarāsuttavaṇṇanā
811 ‘生命确实短暂’——这是《衰老经》。它的缘起是什么?一时,世尊在舍卫城度过雨安居后,观察诸佛游化的因缘——诸如令身体康健、制定未制的学处、调伏应调伏的众生、于适当因缘讲述本生故事等——之后,便启程游化人间。他次第游行,傍晚时分到达沙计多,进入了安阇那林。沙计多的居民听闻后心想:‘现在不是拜见世尊的时候。’于是等到夜晚过去,他们手持花鬘、香等物品,来到世尊面前,行了供养、礼敬、问候等礼,然后围绕着世尊站立,直至世尊即将入村之时。那时,世尊由比丘僧团围绕,入村乞食。沙计多城的一位婆罗门大富豪正从城内出来,在城门处望见了世尊。一见之下,他生起犹如对待爱子般的感情,悲叹道:‘儿子啊,我很久没见到你了!’一边说着,一边向世尊迎面走去。世尊告诉比丘们:‘比丘们,这位婆罗门想做什么,就让他做,不要阻止他。’显示巴利原文
811.Appaṃvata jīvitanti jarāsuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃ vasitvā yāni tāni buddhānaṃ sarīrārogyasampādanaṃ anuppannasikkhāpadapaññāpanaṃ veneyyadamanaṃ tathārūpāya aṭṭhuppattiyā jātakādikathanantiādīni janapadacārikānimittāni, tāni samavekkhitvā janapadacārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno sāyaṃ sāketaṃ anuppatto añjanavanaṃ pāvisi. Sāketavāsino sutvā ‘‘akālo idāni bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā’’ti vibhātāya rattiyā mālāgandhādīni gahetvā bhagavato santikaṃ gantvā pūjanavandanasammodanādīni katvā parivāretvā aṭṭhaṃsu yāva bhagavato gāmappavesanavelā, atha bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto piṇḍāya pāvisi. Taṃ aññataro sāketako brāhmaṇamahāsālo nagarā nikkhanto nagaradvāre addasa. Disvā puttasinehaṃ uppādetvā ‘‘ciradiṭṭhosi, putta, mayā’’ti paridevayamāno abhimukho agamāsi. Bhagavā bhikkhū saññāpesi – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇo yaṃ icchati, taṃ karotu, na vāretabbo’’ti.
那位婆罗门恰如一头思念牛犊的母牛,走上前来,从前后左右四面拥抱世尊的身体,口中念道:‘儿子啊,好久不见了,我们分离太久了。’若当时不让他这样做,他的心恐怕都要碎裂而死。他对世尊说:‘世尊,我有能力亲自供养与您同来的比丘们,请您慈悲应允我的请求吧。’世尊以默然表示应允。婆罗门接过世尊的钵,走在前面引路,同时派人去通知他的妻子:‘我的儿子来了,赶快铺设座位。’婆罗门女照办后,便站在那儿眺望等待。在街道中间一见到世尊,她立刻生起对自己儿子的爱,抱住世尊的双足,哭着说:‘儿子,我好久没见到你了。’然后她把世尊请进家中,恭恭敬敬地供养饭食。用斋完毕,婆罗门撤下钵。世尊知道适合他们的法,便为他们说法。说法结束时,两人都证得入流果。于是他们请求世尊:‘尊者,只要世尊还住在这一带,就只在我们家接受食物吧。’世尊拒绝说:‘诸佛不会只固定前往一家。’他们又说:‘那么尊者,请您与比丘僧团一起托钵之后,再回到这里用餐,并为大众说法,然后再回寺院。’世尊为了摄受他们,便这样做了。显示巴利原文
Brāhmaṇopi vacchagiddhinīva gāvī āgantvā bhagavato kāyaṃ purato ca pacchato ca dakkhiṇato ca vāmato cāti samantā āliṅgi ‘‘ciradiṭṭhosi, putta, ciraṃ vinā ahosī’’ti bhaṇanto. Yadi pana so tathā kātuṃ na labheyya, hadayaṃ phāletvā mareyya. So bhagavantaṃ avoca – ‘‘bhagavā tumhehi saddhiṃ āgatabhikkhūnaṃ ahameva bhikkhaṃ dātuṃ samattho, mameva anuggahaṃ karothā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Brāhmaṇo bhagavato pattaṃ gahetvā purato gacchanto brāhmaṇiyā pesesi – ‘‘putto me āgato, āsanaṃ paññāpetabba’’nti. Sā tathā katvā āgamanaṃ passantī ṭhitā bhagavantaṃ antaravīthiyaṃyeva disvā puttasinehaṃ uppādetvā ‘‘ciradiṭṭhosi, putta, mayā’’ti pādesu gahetvā roditvā gharaṃ atinetvā sakkaccaṃ bhojesi. Bhuttāvino brāhmaṇo pattaṃ apanāmesi. Bhagavā tesaṃ sappāyaṃ viditvā dhammaṃ desesi, desanāpariyosāne ubhopi sotāpannā ahesuṃ. Atha bhagavantaṃ yāciṃsu – ‘‘yāva, bhante, bhagavā imaṃ nagaraṃ upanissāya viharati, amhākaṃyeva ghare bhikkhā gahetabbā’’ti. Bhagavā ‘‘na buddhā evaṃ ekaṃ nibaddhaṭṭhānaṃyeva gacchantī’’ti paṭikkhipi. Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘tena hi, bhante, bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ piṇḍāya caritvāpi tumhe idheva bhattakiccaṃ katvā dhammaṃ desetvā vihāraṃ gacchathā’’ti. Bhagavā tesaṃ anuggahatthāya tathā akāsi. Manussā brāhmaṇañca brāhmaṇiñca ‘‘buddhapitā buddhamātā’’ tveva vohariṃsu. Tampi kulaṃ ‘‘buddhakula’’nti nāmaṃ labhi.
阿难尊者问世尊:“我认识世尊的生身父母,可是这些人为什么说‘我是佛母’‘我是佛父’呢?”世尊回答说:“阿难,这位婆罗门女与婆罗门,曾在连续五百生中做过我的母亲与父亲,又在五百生中为我父母的兄长,更在五百生中为我父母的弟弟。正是凭借过去生中那份亲情,他们才这样说。”随后,世尊诵出这个偈颂:显示巴利原文
Ānandatthero bhagavantaṃ pucchi – ‘‘ahaṃ bhagavato mātāpitaro jānāmi, ime pana kasmā vadanti ‘ahaṃ buddhamātā ahaṃ buddhapitā’’’ti. Bhagavā āha – ‘‘nirantaraṃ me, ānanda, brāhmaṇī ca brāhmaṇo ca pañca jātisatāni mātāpitaro ahesuṃ, pañca jātisatāni mātāpitūnaṃ jeṭṭhakā, pañca jātisatāni kaniṭṭhakā. Te pubbasineheneva kathentī’’ti imañca gāthamabhāsi –
“由往昔的共住,或现世的利益;
爱由此而生,犹如水中生起莲花。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pubbeva sannivāsena, paccuppannahitena vā; Evaṃ taṃ jāyate pemaṃ, uppalaṃva yathodake’’ti. (jā. 1.2.174);
之后,世尊在沙计多随心安住了一段时间,便再度起程游化,回到了舍卫城。那位婆罗门与婆罗门女也前去亲近比丘众,听闻了契合的教法,在随后的修行路上次第证得道果,最终于无余涅槃界般涅槃。城中的婆罗门聚在一起商议:“我们要供养我们这位亲属。”那些已证入流果、一来果、不来果的在家男女居士们也聚在一起说:“我们要供养与我们同修梵行的善友。”于是所有人一同将遗体安置在铺有羊毛毯的尖顶屋内,以花鬘、香等供养,随后抬出城外。显示巴利原文
Tato bhagavā sākete yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā puna cārikaṃ caramāno sāvatthimeva agamāsi. Sopi brāhmaṇo ca brāhmaṇī ca bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā patirūpaṃ dhammadesanaṃ sutvā sesamagge pāpuṇitvā anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyiṃsu. Nagare brāhmaṇā sannipatiṃsu ‘‘amhākaṃ ñātake sakkarissāmā’’ti. Sotāpannasakadāgāmianāgāmino upāsakāpi sannipatiṃsu upāsikāyo ca ‘‘amhākaṃ sahadhammike sakkarissāmā’’ti. Te sabbepi kambalakūṭāgāraṃ āropetvā mālāgandhādīhi pūjentā nagarā nikkhāmesuṃ.
就在那天凌晨,世尊以佛眼观察世间,了知他们已经般涅槃,又了知:“若我前往该处,大众听我讲说正法,必将获得甚深的法现观。”于是世尊执持衣钵,从舍卫城直接来到荼毗场,走了进去。众人见后纷纷礼敬,心里想着:“世尊是为了他的父母来处理后事。”市民们也一边供奉着尖顶屋,一边将它带到荼毗场,问世尊道:“有学的在家圣弟子应当如何供养呢?”世尊为彰显他们其实是无学的牟尼,意在指明“应当像无学圣者那样供养”,于是诵出这个偈颂:显示巴利原文
Bhagavāpi taṃ divasaṃ paccūsasamaye buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento tesaṃ parinibbānabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘tattha mayi gate dhammadesanaṃ sutvā bahujanassa dhammābhisamayo bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthito āgantvā āḷāhanameva pāvisi. Manussā disvā ‘‘mātāpitūnaṃ sarīrakiccaṃ kātukāmo bhagavā āgato’’ti vanditvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Nāgarāpi kūṭāgāraṃ pūjentā āḷāhanaṃ ānetvā bhagavantaṃ pucchiṃsu – ‘‘gahaṭṭhaariyasāvakā kathaṃ pūjetabbā’’ti. Bhagavā ‘‘yathā asekkhā pūjiyanti, tathā pūjetabbā ime’’ti adhippāyena tesaṃ asekkhamunibhāvaṃ dīpento imaṃ gāthamāha –
“那些不伤害众生的牟尼,恒常以身体自护;他们到达了那无为的境界,到者便永远不再悲忧。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ahiṃsakā ye munayo, niccaṃ kāyena saṃvutā; Te yanti accutaṃ ṭhānaṃ, yattha gantvā na socare’’ti. (dha. pa. 225);
他观察会众之后,便随宜说法,开示了这部经。显示巴利原文
Tañca parisaṃ oloketvā taṅkhaṇānurūpaṃ dhammaṃ desento imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
其中,「生命确为短暂」乃指:“人的寿命实为些微、短促,因其住世之时短促,亦因自性本即短促。”此亦如《箭经》中所说之理。「未满百岁亦死」是指未及百岁,纵使在羯罗蓝等极微细阶段也可能死去。「超过」即超过了百岁。「纵因衰老亦死」是说即便活到老迈,也终因衰老而死去。显示巴利原文
Tattha appaṃ vata jīvitaṃ idanti ‘‘idaṃ vata manussānaṃ jīvitaṃ appaṃ parittaṃ ṭhitiparittatāya sarasaparittatāyā’’ti sallasuttepi vuttanayametaṃ. Oraṃ vassasatāpi miyyatīti vassasatā oraṃ kalalādikālepi miyyati. Aticcāti vassasataṃ atikkamitvā. Jarasāpi miyyatīti jarāyapi miyyati.
812-6 「因执为我所的事物」指由于执取为我所有的对象。「这存在的分离本身即是确定」是说存在的分离是必然的——即存在的分离必然发生,不可能不分离而存在,所表即是此义。「我的人」是指被视为“我的”之人,譬如称作“我的近事男”或“我的比丘”;抑或将佛陀等对象执为“我的”之人。「曾经聚集的」指曾相聚一处,或往昔曾见。「已变得可爱的」指使其成为心爱之物。「唯余名称可被称说」是说一切色、受等诸法皆归坏灭,唯剩名称留存,如“佛护”“法护”等称,仅为能如此呼出、说出而已。「牟尼」指诸漏尽者、真圣者。「见安稳者」指已见涅槃者。显示巴利原文
812-6.Mamāyiteti mamāyitavatthukāraṇā. Vinābhāvasantamevidanti santavinābhāvaṃ vijjamānavinābhāvameva idaṃ, na sakkā avinābhāvena bhavitunti vuttaṃ hoti. Māmakoti mama upāsako bhikkhu vāti saṅkhaṃ gato, buddhādīni vā vatthūni mamāyamāno. Saṅgatanti samāgataṃ diṭṭhapubbaṃ vā. Piyāyitanti piyaṃ kataṃ. Nāmaṃyevāvasissati akkheyyanti sabbaṃ rūpādidhammajātaṃ pahīyati, nāmamattameva tu avasissati ‘‘buddharakkhito, dhammarakkhito’’ti evaṃ saṅkhātuṃ kathetuṃ. Munayoti khīṇāsavamunayo. Khemadassinoti nibbānadassino.
817 第七偈颂旨在开示:于此为死亡所逼迫的世间,当如何随顺修行。其中,「从各处收摄其心而游行的人」是指将心从诸所缘上全然收摄而安住者。「比丘」于此指善良凡夫或有学。对于如此修行之人,若其依此而行,不将自己展现在地狱等生存状态中,诸贤便说此乃其相称之行。如此,他即能从如是死亡中解脱,此为要义。显示巴利原文
817. Sattamagāthā evaṃ maraṇabbhāhate loke anurūpapaṭipattidassanatthaṃ vuttā. Tattha patilīnacarassāti tato tato patilīnaṃ cittaṃ katvā carantassa. Bhikkhunoti kalyāṇaputhujjanassa sekkhassa vā. Sāmaggiyamāhu tassataṃ,yo attānaṃ bhavane na dassayeti tassetaṃ patirūpamāhu, yo evaṃpaṭipanno nirayādibhede bhavane attānaṃ na dasseyya. Evañhi so imamhā maraṇā mucceyyāti adhippāyo.
818-20 接下来,为赞叹以“不将自己展现于诸有中”所显明的漏尽者,世尊宣说了以下三首偈颂。其中,「一切处」指十二处。关于「对于所见、所闻、所觉知的事物」等句,应作如是连贯理解:“对于所见、所闻,以及所觉知的诸法,牟尼皆不染着。”而「清净者不以此而构想,无论对所见、所闻还是所觉知」一句,亦应如此连贯:“于所见、所闻等,他不依彼而构想;于所觉知的诸法,亦不起构想。”「他不染着,也不起离染」的意思是:他不似愚痴凡夫那般执取,亦不似善凡夫与有学那般刻意求解离染;因其贪著已彻底断尽,故仅于假名上称为“离染”。其余各处文义,皆甚明了。说法终了时,八万四千有情得法现观。显示巴利原文
818-20. Idāni yo ‘‘attānaṃ bhavane na dassaye’’ti evaṃ khīṇāsavo vibhāvito, tassa vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ ito parā tisso gāthāyo āha. Tattha sabbatthāti dvādasasu āyatanesu. Yadidaṃ diṭṭhasutaṃ mutesu vāti ettha pana yadidaṃ diṭṭhasutaṃ, ettha vā mutesu vā dhammesu evaṃ muni na upalimpatīti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo. Dhono na hi tena maññati, yadidaṃ diṭṭhasutaṃ mutesu vāti atrāpi yadidaṃ diṭṭhasuttaṃ, tena vatthunā na maññati, mutesu vā dhammesu na maññatīti evameva sambandho veditabbo. Na hi so rajjati no virajjatīti. Bālaputhujjanā viya na rajjati, kalyāṇaputhujjanasekkhā viya na virajjati, rāgassa pana khīṇattā ‘‘virāgo’’tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Sesaṃ sabbattha pākaṭamevāti. Desanāpariyosāne caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosīti.
第七、《提舍弥勒经解释》显示巴利原文
7. Tissametteyyasuttavaṇṇanā
821 《行淫欲者经》即是《提娑弥勒经》。它的缘起是什么?据说,世尊住在舍卫城时,有两位名叫提娑和弥勒的朋友来到了舍卫城。傍晚时分,他们看见很多人正朝祇园的方向去,便问:“你们去哪里?”众人回答:“佛陀出现于世间,为利益大众而说法,我们要去祇园听法。”他们听后便说:“我们也去听。”于是便一同前往。他们听了世尊——这位从不虚说法的人——的教法后,坐在会众中思惟:“在家生活中,根本无法圆满这样的法。”待大众离开后,他们便向世尊请求出家。世尊吩咐一位比丘:“你为他们剃度吧。”那位比丘便让他们出家,教导了“皮五法业处”,然后准备前往阿兰若居住。弥勒对提娑说:“贤友,亲教师要去阿兰若了,我们也去吧。”提娑却说:“算了,贤友,我还想见世尊、听法,你自己去吧。”就没有跟着去。弥勒便随亲教师一同前往,在阿兰若中修习沙门法,不久便与老师、亲教师一同证得了阿拉汉果。而提娑的长兄因病去世了,他听到消息后便回到自己的村子,在那里被亲属们引诱,还俗了。弥勒后来也和老师、亲教师一同回到了舍卫城。世尊在雨安居结束后,游行各显示巴利原文
821.Methunamanuyuttassāti tissametteyyasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Bhagavati kira sāvatthiyaṃ viharante tissametteyyā nāma dve sahāyā sāvatthiṃ agamaṃsu. Te sāyanhasamayaṃ mahājanaṃ jetavanābhimukhaṃ gacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘kuhiṃ gacchathā’’ti pucchiṃsu. Tato tehi ‘‘buddho loke uppanno, bahujanahitāya dhammaṃ deseti, taṃ sotuṃ jetavanaṃ gacchāmā’’ti vutte ‘‘mayampi sossāmā’’ti agamaṃsu. Te avañjhadhammadesakassa bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ sutvā parisantare nisinnāva cintesuṃ – ‘‘na sakkā agāramajjhe ṭhitenāyaṃ dhammo paripūretu’’nti. Atha pakkante mahājane bhagavantaṃ pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Bhagavā ‘‘ime pabbājehī’’ti aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpesi. So te pabbājetvā tacapañcakakammaṭṭhānaṃ datvā araññavāsaṃ gantumāraddho. Metteyyo tissaṃ āha – ‘‘āvuso, upajjhāyo araññaṃ gacchati, mayampi gacchāmā’’ti. Tisso ‘‘alaṃ āvuso, bhagavato dassanaṃ dhammassavanañca ahaṃ pihemi, gaccha tva’’nti vatvā na agamāsi. Metteyyo upajjhāyena saha gantvā araññe samaṇadhammaṃ karonto na cirasseva arahattaṃ pāpuṇi saddhiṃ ācariyupajjhāyehi. Tissassāpi jeṭṭhabhātā byādhinā kālamakāsi. So taṃ sutvā attano gāmaṃ agamāsi, tatra naṃ ñātakā palobhetvā uppabbājesuṃ. Metteyyopi ācariyupajjhāyehi saddhiṃ sāvatthiṃ āgato. Atha bhagavā vutthavasso janapadacārikaṃ caramāno anupubbena taṃ gāmaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha metteyyo bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ‘‘imasmiṃ, bhante, gāme mama gihisahāyo atthi, muhuttaṃ tāva āgametha anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti vatvā gāmaṃ pavisitvā taṃ bhagavato santikaṃ ānetvā ekamantaṃ ṭhito tassatthāya ādigāthāya bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi. Tassa bhagavā byākaronto avasesagāthāyo abhāsi. Ayamassa suttassa uppatti.
其中,“行淫欲者”(methunamanuyuttassāti)即是指与淫欲法相应、相连结的人。“如是说”(iti)便是这么说。“具寿”(āyasmā)是一种亲切的称谓,提娑是那位长老的名字,因他名叫提娑。弥勒是他的姓,他也正是以姓为人所熟知。因此缘起中说:“有两个名为提娑和弥勒的朋友。”“伤害”(vighāta)指损害。“请说”(brūhi)即说明、开示。“贤友”(mārisa)是亲切的称呼,意为“无苦的人”。“听了你的教法后”(sutvāna tava sāsana)指听到你的话语之后。“我们将在远离中修学”(viveke sikkhissāmase)——他这样为那位朋友请求说法。而他自己,其实已是修学圆满的人。显示巴利原文
Tattha methunamanuyuttassāti methunadhammasamāyuttassa. Itīti evamāha. Āyasmāti piyavacanametaṃ, tissoti nāmaṃ tassa therassa. So hi tissoti nāmena. Metteyyoti gottaṃ, gottavaseneva cesa pākaṭo ahosi. Tasmā aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘tissametteyyā nāma dve sahāyā’’ti. Vighātanti upaghātaṃ. Brūhīti ācikkha. Mārisāti piyavacanametaṃ, nidukkhāti vuttaṃ hoti. Sutvāna tava sāsananti tava vacanaṃ sutvā. Viveke sikkhissāmaseti sahāyaṃ ārabbha dhammadesanaṃ yācanto bhaṇati. So pana sikkhitasikkhoyeva.
822 “教法便丧失”(mussatevāpi sāsananti):指从教理与行道两方面,这两种教法都会丧失。“vāpi”仅是填充音节的无义助词。“在那人身上,这便是卑贱的”(etaṃ tasmiṃ anāriyanti):对于那个人来说,这种行为是卑贱的,所指的便是那邪行道。显示巴利原文
822.Mussatevāpi sāsananti pariyattipaṭipattito duvidhampi sāsanaṃ nassati. Vāpīti padapūraṇamattaṃ. Etaṃ tasmiṃ anāriyanti tasmiṃ puggale etaṃ anariyaṃ, yadidaṃ micchāpaṭipadā.
823 “先曾独住”(ekopubbe caritvānā):过去,依出家的意义或依舍离群体的意义而一向独住。所谓“他在这世间就如失控的车乘,凡夫被称作卑贱者”(yānaṃ bhantaṃva taṃ loke, hīnamāhu puthujjananti):犹如未调伏的象车等车乘,歪斜乱窜,令驾驭者摔伤,乃至坠入悬崖。同样,那个还俗者因身恶行等歪斜之行而堕入地狱等处,因利益毁坏而坠于生趣的悬崖等处。因此,说那还俗者犹如失控的车乘,是被称作卑贱的凡夫。显示巴利原文
823.Ekopubbe caritvānāti pabbajjāsaṅkhātena vā gaṇavossaggaṭṭhena vā pubbe eko viharitvā. Yānaṃ bhantaṃva taṃ loke, hīnamāhu puthujjananti taṃ vibbhantakaṃ puggalaṃ yathā hatthiyānādiyānaṃ adantaṃ visamaṃ ārohati, ārohakampi bhañjati, papātepi papatati. Evaṃ kāyaduccaritādivisamārohanena narakādīsu, atthabhañjanena jātipapātādīsu papatanena ca yānaṃ bhantaṃva āhu hīnaṃ puthujjanañca āhūti.
824-5 “名闻与称赞”(yaso kitti cā):指利养、恭敬与赞叹。“以前”(pubbe):指出家时。“它也会减损”(hāyate vāpi tassa sā):对那还俗者而言,他的名誉与称赞同样会衰损。“见此点后”(etampi disvā):即见到先前有名声与称赞,后来却衰损这一事实之后。“应修学,以断除淫欲”(sikkhetha methunaṃ vippahātave):应修习三学。何以故?为断除淫欲,即为断除淫欲而说。因为若不弃舍淫欲,便会被欲贪思惟所支配……成为那样的人。其中,“被支配者”(pareta)指具足者。“他人的呵斥声”(paresaṃ nigghosa):指亲教师等所出的责难之语。“变得沮丧”(maṅku hoti):即内心消沉、郁闷。显示巴利原文
824-5.Yaso kitti cāti lābhasakkāro pasaṃsā ca. Pubbeti pabbajitabhāve. Hāyate vāpi tassa sāti tassa vibbhantakassa sato so ca yaso sā ca kitti hāyati. Etampi disvāti etampi pubbe yasakittīnaṃ bhāvaṃ pacchā ca hāniṃ disvā. Sikkhetha methunaṃ vippahātaveti tisso sikkhā sikkhetha. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Methunaṃ vippahātave, methunappahānatthāyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yo hi methunaṃ na vippajahati, saṅkappehi…pe… tathāvidho. Tattha paretoti samannāgato. Paresaṃ nigghosanti upajjhāyādīnaṃ nindāvacanaṃ. Maṅku hotīti dummano hoti.
826 随后的偈颂义理显明。其中,“刀剑”(satthāni)指身恶行等。那些恶行因对己对人都有切割的伤害义,故称为“刀剑”。而此人,在被特别谴责之际,偏偏造下妄语的刀剑——辩解说:“我是因此原因才还俗的。”因此才有:“这便是他的大系缚,他陷入妄语。”(esa khvassa mahāgedho, mosavajjaṃ pagāhati)其中,“这便是他的”(esa khvassa)即“这即是他的”。“大系缚”(mahāgedha)指巨大、深重的束缚。若问那是什么?正是“陷入妄语”。他深深沉溺于妄语中,应知这即是他的大系缚。显示巴利原文
826. Ito parā gāthā pākaṭasambandhā eva. Tāsu satthānīti kāyaduccaritādīni. Tāni hi attano paresañca chedanaṭṭhena ‘‘satthānī’’ti vuccanti. Tesu cāyaṃ visesato codito musāvacanasatthāneva karoti – ‘‘iminā kāraṇenāhaṃ vibbhanto’’ti bhaṇanto. Tenevāha – ‘‘esa khvassa mahāgedho, mosavajjaṃ pagāhatī’’ti. Tattha esa khvassāti esa kho assa. Mahāgedhoti mahābandhanaṃ. Katamoti ce? Yadidaṃ mosavajjaṃ pagāhati, svāssa musāvādajjhogāho mahāgedhoti veditabbo.
827 「如愚人般备受污染」:造作杀生等恶行,并由此因缘承受痛苦,又从事于财富的寻求与守护,犹如愚蒙之人,深受污染。显示巴利原文
827.Mandova parikissatīti pāṇavadhādīni karonto tatonidānañca dukkhamanubhonto bhogapariyesanarakkhanāni ca karonto momūho viya parikilissati.
828-9 「牟尼了知此中前后的过患后」:牟尼了知,在此教法中,从先前沙门状态到后来还俗状态,这一前一后的过患,正如从“以前的名闻与称赞,它也会减损”等文句所说明的那样。「这是圣者们最上的」:即那远离独处之行,这是佛陀等圣者们最上的行持,因此,只应修学远离——这是他的意趣。「不应因此认为自己是胜者」:不应因那样的远离而心想“我是最胜的”,意思是不要因此变得顽固傲慢。显示巴利原文
828-9.‘‘Etamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, muni pubbāpare idhā’’ti etaṃ ‘‘yaso kitti ca yā pubbe, hāyatevāpi tassa sā’’ti ito pabhuti vutte pubbāpare idha imasmiṃ sāsane pubbato apare samaṇabhāvato vibbhantakabhāve ādīnavaṃ muni ñatvā. Etadariyānamuttamanti yadidaṃ vivekacariyā , etaṃ buddhādīnaṃ ariyānaṃ uttamaṃ, tasmā vivekaññeva sikkhethāti adhippāyo. Na tena seṭṭho maññethāti tena ca vivekena na attānaṃ ‘‘seṭṭho aha’’nti maññeyya, tena thaddho na bhaveyyāti vuttaṃ hoti.
830 「空无者」,指远离者,即已远离身恶行等不善行的人。「渡暴流者」:沉溺于欲乐、贪着于所依之欲的众生,都羡慕那位已渡过四种暴流的人,犹如负债者羡慕无负债者。他以阿拉汉果为顶点,结束了这次开示。说法结束时,提舍证得入流果,随后出家,现证阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
830.Rittassāti vivittassa kāyaduccaritādīhi virahitassa. Oghatiṇṇassa pihayanti, kāmesu gadhitā pajāti vatthukāmesu laggā sattā tassa caturoghatiṇṇassa pihayanti iṇāyikā viya āṇaṇyassāti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne tisso sotāpattiphalaṃ patvā pacchā pabbajitvā arahattaṃ sacchākāsīti.
8. 波修罗经注显示巴利原文
8. Pasūrasuttavaṇṇanā
831 「Idhevasuddhī」指《波修罗经》。它的缘起是怎样的呢?那时,世尊住在舍卫城。有一位名叫波修罗的游方者,是一位大论师。他心想:‘在这整个赡部洲中,我的论辩是第一,正如赡部洲以阎浮树为象征,我也应有这样的象征。’于是他用阎浮枝条做成旗帜,遍行赡部洲都找不到对手,便渐次来到舍卫城,在城门口堆起沙堆,将枝条竖立在那里,说道:‘谁若能与我论辩,就折断这根枝条。’然后进入城中,大众围聚在那里。那时,尊者舍利弗用过斋饭后,从舍卫城出来。他看见后,便问几位村童:‘孩子们,这是什么?’他们把一切告诉了他。他便说:‘那你们把它拔起来,用脚踩断,然后说:“想论辩的人,请到精舍来。”’说完便离去了。显示巴利原文
831.Idhevasuddhīti pasūrasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Bhagavati kira sāvatthiyaṃ viharante pasūro nāma paribbājako mahāvādī, so ‘‘ahamasmi sakalajambudīpe vādena aggo, tasmā yathā jambudīpassa jambupaññāṇaṃ, evaṃ mamāpi bhavituṃ arahatī’’ti jambusākhaṃ dhajaṃ katvā sakalajambudīpe paṭivādaṃ anāsādento anupubbena sāvatthiṃ āgantvā nagaradvāre vālikatthalaṃ katvā tattha sākhaṃ ussāpetvā ‘‘yo mayā saddhiṃ vādaṃ kātuṃ samattho, so imaṃ sākhaṃ bhañjatū’’ti vatvā nagaraṃ pāvisi. Taṃ ṭhānaṃ mahājano parivāretvā aṭṭhāsi. Tena ca samayena āyasmā sāriputto bhattakiccaṃ katvā sāvatthito nikkhamati. So taṃ disvā sambahule gāmadārake pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ etaṃ dārakā’’ti, te sabbaṃ ācikkhiṃsu. ‘‘Tena hi naṃ tumhe uddharitvā pādehi bhañjatha, ‘vādatthiko vihāraṃ āgacchatū’ti ca bhaṇathā’’ti vatvā pakkāmi.
游方者乞食完毕,用过斋饭后回来,看到枝条被拔起折断,便问:‘这是谁干的?’听说是佛陀的弟子舍利弗所为,他便心生欢喜,说道:‘今天就让智者看看我的胜利和沙门的落败吧!’为了召集评判的人们,他进入舍卫城,在街巷、十字路口、广场各处巡行,高声宣告:‘诸位,想听沙门乔达摩的上首弟子在辩论中的辩才与智慧的,请出来吧!我们将聆听智者的言论!’于是,对教法有信心的和没有信心的人,许多都出来了。随后波修罗在大众围绕下,心里盘算着:‘如果他这样说,我就那样答……’朝着精舍走去。大长老心想:‘精舍内不可有高声喧哗与人群杂乱。’便在祇园门口的门房处铺开座位,坐了下来。显示巴利原文
Paribbājako piṇḍāya caritvā katabhattakicco āgantvā uddharitvā bhaggaṃ sākhaṃ disvā ‘‘kenidaṃ kārita’’nti pucchi. ‘‘Buddhasāvakena sāriputtenā’’ti ca vutte pamudito hutvā ‘‘ajja mama jayaṃ samaṇassa ca parājayaṃ paṇḍitā passantū’’ti pañhavīmaṃsake kāraṇike ānetuṃ sāvatthiṃ pavisitvā vīthisiṅghāṭakacaccaresu vicaranto ‘‘samaṇassa gotamassa aggasāvakena saha vāde paññāpaṭibhānaṃ sotukāmā bhonto nikkhamantū’’ti ugghosesi. ‘‘Paṇḍitānaṃ vacanaṃ sossāmā’’ti sāsane pasannāpi appasannāpi bahū manussā nikkhamiṃsu. Tato pasūro mahājanaparivuto ‘‘evaṃ vutte evaṃ bhaṇissāmī’’tiādīni vitakkento vihāraṃ agamāsi. Thero ‘‘vihāre uccāsaddamahāsaddo janabyākulañca mā ahosī’’ti jetavanadvārakoṭṭhake āsanaṃ paññāpetvā nisīdi.
游方者走近长老,对他说:『喂,出家人,你让人折断了我的阎浮旗帜。』长老说:『是的,游方者。』游方者说:『那么,让我们来辩论一番吧。』长老同意后,他又说:『沙门,你提问,我来回答。』于是长老问他:『游方者,问难难还是答难难?』他回答:『答难难,出家人,提问有什么难的,任何人都可以随便问。』长老说:『既然如此,游方者,那你提问,我来回答。』这么一说,游方者心想:『这位尊贵的比丘在恰当的时机让人折断了我的旗帜。』心里很惊奇,就问长老:『人的爱欲是什么?』长老回答:『思惟上的贪染就是人的爱欲。』(《增支部》)他听后,对长老产生了相反的认知,想让长老落败,便说:『可是,出家人,你不认为种种美妙的所缘是人的爱欲吗?』『是的,游方者,我不这样认为。』于是游方者让他重复确认了三遍,然后对评判者们说:『各位,请听这沙门论辩中的过失吧。』接着问道:『出家人,你们的同梵行者们住在森林中吗?』『是的,游方者,他们住在那里。』『他们住在森林时,会生起欲寻等不善的寻思吗?』『是的,游方者,凡夫们有时会生起。』『如果是这样,他们还算什么沙门?难道他们不是在家人、贪着欲乐的人吗?』说完这些话后,他又接着说:显示巴利原文
Paribbājako theraṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘tvaṃ, bho, pabbajita, mayhaṃ jambudhajaṃ bhañjāpesī’’ti āha. ‘‘Āma paribbājakā’’ti ca vutte ‘‘hotu no, bho, kāci kathāpavattī’’ti āha. ‘‘Hotu paribbājakā’’ti ca therena sampaṭicchite ‘‘tvaṃ, samaṇa, puccha, ahaṃ vissajjessāmī’’ti āha. Tato naṃ thero avaca ‘‘kiṃ, paribbājaka, dukkaraṃ pucchā, udāhu vissajjana’’nti. Vissajjanaṃ bho, pabbajita, pucchāya kiṃ dukkaraṃ. Taṃ yo hi koci yaṃkiñci pucchatīti. ‘‘Tena hi, paribbājaka, tvaṃ puccha, ahaṃ vissajjessāmī’’ti evaṃ vutte paribbājako ‘‘sādhurūpo bhikkhu ṭhāne sākhaṃ bhañjāpesī’’ti vimhitacitto hutvā theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘ko purisassa kāmo’’ti. ‘‘Saṅkapparāgo purisassa kāmo’’ti (a. ni. 6.63) thero āha. So taṃ sutvā there viruddhasaññī hutvā parājayaṃ āropetukāmo āha – ‘‘citravicitrārammaṇaṃ pana bho, pabbajita, purisassa kāmaṃ na vadesī’’ti? ‘‘Āma, paribbājaka, na vademī’’ti. Tato naṃ paribbājako yāva tikkhattuṃ paṭiññaṃ kārāpetvā ‘‘suṇantu bhonto samaṇassa vāde dosa’’nti pañhavīmaṃsake ālapitvā āha – ‘‘bho, pabbajita, tumhākaṃ sabrahmacārino araññe viharantī’’ti? ‘‘Āma, paribbājaka, viharantī’’ti. ‘‘Te tattha viharantā kāmavitakkādayo vitakke vitakkentī’’ti? ‘‘Āma, paribbājaka, puthujjanā sahasā vitakkentī’’ti. ‘‘Yadi evaṃ tesaṃ samaṇabhāvo kuto? Nanu te agārikā kāmabhogino hontī’’ti evañca pana vatvā athāparaṃ etadavoca –
世间的种种美妙事物并非欲,
你却将思惟中的贪染称为欲;
若思惟不善的寻,
那位比丘也将成为欲乐受用者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na te ve kāmā yāni citrāni loke, Saṅkapparāgañca vadesi kāmaṃ; Saṅkappayaṃ akusale vitakke, Bhikkhupi te hessati kāmabhogī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.34);
于是,长老为指出游方者论辩中的过失,说道:‘游方者,你不说“意图之贪染”是人的欲,却说种种优美的所缘吗?’‘是的,出家者。’于是长老让他再三确认后,对评判者们说:‘诸贤,请听游方者论辩中的过失。’接着问道:‘贤友波修罗,你有导师吗?’‘是的,出家者,有。’‘他是否看见眼所识的色所缘,或者从事声所缘等?’‘是的,出家者,他从事。’‘若是这样,他怎能称为导师?他岂不是一位在家受用欲乐的人吗?’如此说罢,又继续说道:显示巴利原文
Atha thero paribbājakassa vāde dosaṃ dassento āha – ‘‘kiṃ, paribbājaka, saṅkapparāgaṃ purisassa kāmaṃ na vadesi, citravicitrārammaṇaṃ vadesī’’ti? ‘‘Āma, bho, pabbajitā’’ti. Tato naṃ thero yāva tikkhattuṃ paṭiññaṃ kārāpetvā ‘‘suṇātha, āvuso, paribbājakassa vāde dosa’’nti pañhavīmaṃsake ālapitvā āha – ‘‘āvuso pasūra, tava satthā atthī’’ti? ‘‘Āma, pabbajita, atthī’’ti. ‘‘So cakkhuviññeyyaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ passati saddārammaṇādīni vā sevatī’’ti? ‘‘Āma, pabbajita, sevatī’’ti. ‘‘Yadi evaṃ tassa satthubhāvo kuto, nanu so agāriko kāmabhogī hotī’’ti evañca pana vatvā athāparaṃ etadavoca –
世间种种可爱之物,即是欲,
你却称“思惟的贪染”不是欲;
眼见着可意的诸色,
耳听着可意的诸声。
嗅取可意的香气,
品尝可意的诸味,
领受可意的触境,
你的导师也会成为受用欲乐者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Te ve kāmā yāni citrāni loke, Saṅkapparāgaṃ na vadesi kāmaṃ; Passanto rūpāni manoramāni, Suṇanto saddāni manoramāni. ‘‘Ghāyanto gandhāni manoramāni, Sāyanto rasāni manoramāni; Phusanto phassāni manoramāni, Satthāpi te hessati kāmabhogī’’ti.
听闻此言,那位哑口无言的游方者心想:“这位出家人是大论师,我应在他座下出家,学习论师之学。”于是,他进入舍卫城,寻得衣钵后便去了祇园。在祇园中,他见到罗勒优陀夷通体金色,身相端严,形貌威仪无不善妙圆满,令人见而生喜。他心想:“这位比丘定是大智慧者、大论师。”于是就在他跟前出家。后来,他以论议折服了罗勒优陀夷,便带着僧衣回到自己原先的外道道场。之后他又想:“我应当去与沙门乔达摩辩论。”便如先前一般,在舍卫城中高声宣告,在大众簇拥下,一边说着“我要这样驳倒沙门乔达摩”之类的话,一边朝祇园走去。守在祇园门楼的天神知道此人并非可受教化之器,便封住了他的口。他来到世尊跟前,如同哑巴一般默然坐下。众人紧盯着他的脸,心想“他就要提问了”,于是高声喧嚷道:“说吧,波修罗先生!说啊,波修罗先生!”这时,世尊说道:“波修罗还能说出什么呢?”接着,为对在场的会众说法,世尊诵出了此经。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vutte nippaṭibhāno paribbājako ‘‘ayaṃ pabbajito mahāvādī, imassa santike pabbajitvā vādasatthaṃ sikkhissāmī’’ti sāvatthiṃ pavisitvā pattacīvaraṃ pariyesitvā jetavanaṃ paviṭṭho tattha lāludāyiṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ kāyūpapannaṃ sarīrākārākappesu samantapāsādikaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhu mahāpañño mahāvādī’’ti mantvā tassa santike pabbajitvā taṃ vādena niggahetvā saliṅgena taṃyeva titthāyatanaṃ pakkamitvā puna ‘‘samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ vādaṃ karissāmī’’ti sāvatthiyaṃ purimanayeneva ugghosetvā mahājanaparivuto ‘‘evaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ niggahessāmī’’tiādīni vadanto jetavanaṃ agamāsi. Jetavanadvārakoṭṭhake adhivatthā devatā ‘‘ayaṃ abhājanabhūto’’ti mukhabandhamassa akāsi. So bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā mūgo viya nisīdi. Manussā ‘‘idāni pucchissati, idāni pucchissatī’’ti tassa mukhaṃ ulloketvā ‘‘vadehi, bho pasūra, vadehi, bho pasūrā’’ti uccāsaddamahāsaddā ahesuṃ. Atha bhagavā ‘‘kiṃ pasūro vadissatī’’ti vatvā tattha sampattaparisāya dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ suttaṃ abhāsi.
于此,先就第一首偈颂作简要说明:这些持邪见者,针对自己的见解宣称“清净唯在此处”,而不说其他法中亦有清净。如此,他们各依自己的导师等,便宣称:“此论说为善妙。”他们这般宣称善妙,成为众多沙门、婆罗门,各自固执地安住于“世间是常”等各自执为真理的见解中。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭhamagāthāya tāva ayaṃ saṅkhepo – ime diṭṭhigatikā attano diṭṭhiṃ sandhāya idheva suddhī iti vādayanti nāññesu dhammesu visuddhimāhu. Evaṃ sante attano satthārādīni nissitā tattheva ‘‘esa vādo subho’’ti evaṃ subhaṃ vadānā hutvā puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘‘sassato loko’’tiādīsu paccekasaccesu niviṭṭhā.
832 如此安住之后,便有「那些欲辩论者」之偈颂。此处,「互相视对方为愚者」:即“这是愚者,那是愚者”,两人如此互相视对方为愚者,从愚痴的角度看待对方。「他们各依异师,所说皆成争论」:他们各自依止不同的师承等,彼此说出引起争执的言论。「欲求赞叹,自许为善说者」:双方皆希求获得赞叹,心中思量:“我们是善说者,是辩才之士。”显示巴利原文
832. Evaṃ niviṭṭhā ca – te vādakāmāti gāthā. Tattha bālaṃ dahantī mithu aññamaññanti ‘‘ayaṃ bālo ayaṃ bālo’’ti evaṃ dvepi janā aññamaññaṃ bālaṃ dahanti, bālato passanti. Vadanti te aññasitā kathojjanti te aññamaññaṃ satthārādiṃ nissitā kalahaṃ vadanti. Pasaṃsakāmā kusalā vadānāti pasaṃsatthikā ubhopi ‘‘mayaṃ kusalavādā paṇḍitavādā’’ti evaṃsaññino hutvā.
833 在这些自许善说者中,必定有某一个人——有「在论场中好辩」之偈颂。此处,「在论场中好辩」:即热衷于争论性的言论。「为求赞叹而欲贬损他人」:他渴望获得他人的称赞,心想“怎样才能驳倒他?”等,在对谈开始之前,便已满怀疑虑,存心贬损对方。「当言论被驳倒时」:那些质疑问难者以“此语于理不通,此语于辞不妥”等方式驳倒其言论。「他便因受责而恼怒」:如此,因其言论被驳倒,面对随之而来的责备,他便大发脾气。「唯寻过失」:他只一味地搜寻他人的缺失。显示巴利原文
833. Evaṃ vadānesu ca tesu eko niyamato eva – yutto kathāyanti gāthā. Tattha yutto kathāyanti vivādakathāya ussukko. Pasaṃsamicchaṃ vinighāti hotīti attano pasaṃsaṃ icchanto ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho niggahessāmī’’tiādinā nayena pubbeva sallāpā kathaṃkathī vinighātī hoti. Apāhatasminti pañhavīmaṃsakehi ‘‘atthāpagataṃ te bhaṇitaṃ, byañjanāpagataṃ te bhaṇita’’ntiādinā nayena apahārite vāde. Nindāya so kuppatīti evaṃ apāhatasmiñca vāde uppannāya nindāya so kuppati. Randhamesīti parassa randhameva gavesanto.
834 他不仅恼怒,更有「凡他的言论」之偈颂。此处,「他们称之为败退、被驳斥」:在义理、辞句等方面被彻底驳倒,因此称为败退。「他悲叹」:以此为相,他说着“我被引向歧途”等语而悲叹。「他忧伤」:缘于“他胜了”等事而忧伤。「他哀叹‘他超过了我’」:他以“他用言论胜过了我的言论”等方式,更加激烈地大声悲号。显示巴利原文
834. Na kevalañca kuppati, apica kho pana yamassa vādanti gāthā. Tattha parihīnamāhu apāhatanti atthabyañjanādito apāhataṃ parihīnaṃ vadanti. Paridevatīti tato nimittaṃ so ‘‘aññaṃ mayā āvajjita’’ntiādīhi vippalapati. Socatīti ‘‘tassa jayo’’tiādīni ārabbha socati. Upaccagā manti anutthunātīti ‘‘so maṃ vādena vādaṃ atikkanto’’tiādinā nayena suṭṭhutaraṃ vippalapati.
835 “这些沙门中的诤论”:此处“沙门”是指外道的游方者。“在这些中成为破坏与打击”,意为在这些论争之中,由于胜负等原因,心遭受破坏与打击,便成为破坏者与打击者。“舍弃论争”,是说应当断除诤论。“赞许之利并非他所求之义”,意为在此,除了获取赞许之利以外,并无其他真实的意义。显示巴利原文
835.Ete vivādā samaṇesūti ettha pana samaṇā vuccanti bāhiraparibbājakā. Etesu ugghāti nighāti hotīti etesu vādesu jayaparājayādivasena cittassa ugghātaṃ nighātañca pāpuṇanto ugghātī nighātī ca hoti. Virame kathojjanti pajaheyya kalahaṃ. Na haññadatthatthi pasaṃsalābhāti na hi ettha pasaṃsalābhato añño attho atthi.
836-7 第六偈的含义:正因为除了获得称赞之外别无其他意义,所以即使得到了最高的利益,他也会因执著于“这很善好”的见解而受到称赞,或者在众人中间阐明那番言论之后,他便因那胜利的意义而欣喜,或得意地咧嘴而笑,并因我慢而自我高举。什么原因呢?因为他获得了那胜利的意义,便如此随顺我慢而转变;对于这般自高之人,便有了“他高举”的偈颂。其中,“他说慢与过慢”,是指他并不知道这高举正是“苦恼的滋生地”,便一味地发出慢与过慢的言论。显示巴利原文
836-7. Chaṭṭhagāthāya attho – yasmā ca na haññadatthatthi pasaṃsalābhā, tasmā paramaṃ lābhaṃ labhantopi ‘‘sundaro aya’’nti tattha diṭṭhiyā pasaṃsito vāpana hoti taṃ vādaṃ parisāya majjhe dīpetvā, tato so tena jayatthena tuṭṭhiṃ vā dantavidaṃsakaṃ vā āpajjanto hasati, mānena ca uṇṇamati. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Yasmā taṃ jayatthaṃ pappuyya yathāmāno jāto, evaṃ uṇṇamato ca yā uṇṇatīti gāthā. Tattha mānātimānaṃ vadate panesoti eso pana taṃ uṇṇatiṃ ‘‘vighātabhūmī’’ti abujjhamāno mānañca atimānañca vadatiyeva.
838 如此指出过失后,现在不接受他的言论,而说出“勇士”偈。其中,“以王所食”,是指以国王才能享用的食物,即以饭食作为酬劳的意思。“怒吼而来”,意指寻求对手;正如他寻求对手而怒吼着前来一般,以此显示持邪见者(面对持邪见者)的情形。“你随那位而去吧”,意为你就随那位你的对手去吧。“在此之前,所谓战斗便不存在”,是说那可能由烦恼生起的战斗,在此之前便根本不存在,早在菩提树下就已断除,以此表明。接下来的偈颂,文义上的关联是显而易见的。显示巴利原文
838. Evaṃ vāde dosaṃ dassetvā idāni tassa vādaṃ asampaṭicchanto ‘‘sūro’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha rājakhādāyāti rājakhādanīyena, bhattavetanenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Abhigajjameti paṭisūramicchanti yathā so paṭisūraṃ icchanto abhigajjanto eti, evaṃ diṭṭhigatiko diṭṭhigatikanti dasseti. Yeneva so, tena palehīti yena so tuyhaṃ paṭisūro, tena gaccha. Pubbevanatthi yadidaṃ yudhāyāti yaṃ pana idaṃ kilesajātaṃ yuddhāya siyā, taṃ etaṃ pubbeva natthi, bodhimūleyeva pahīnanti dasseti. Sesagāthā pākaṭasambandhāyeva.
839-40 其中,“他们争论”意指争执。“作为反对者”,意思是成为敌对着。“摧毁敌军后”,意为摧破烦恼的军队之后。“能得到什么”,意思是还能得到什么对手呢?“波修罗”,是称呼那位游方者的名字。“那些这里没有”,指那些烦恼已不存于此的人。显示巴利原文
839-40. Tattha vivādayantīti vivadanti. Paṭisenikattāti paṭilomakārako. Visenikatvāti kilesasenaṃ vināsetvā. Kiṃ labhethoti paṭimallaṃ kiṃ labhissasi. Pasūrāti taṃ paribbājakaṃ ālapati. Yesīdha natthīti yesaṃ idha natthi.
841 “邪思惟者”,是指内心生起“我会获胜吗?”等思虑的人。“与清净者共聚”,是说与已除尽烦恼的佛陀一起,进入一对一的较量。“因为你不能战胜”,意思是,犹如狐狸等无法与狮子等匹敌,你与清净者较量之后,连一步也前进不了,根本不可能成就那样的对决。其余各处,意义都很清楚。显示巴利原文
841.Pavitakkanti ‘‘jayo nu kho me bhavissatī’’ti ādīni vitakkento. Dhonena yugaṃ samāgamāti dhutakilesena buddhena saddhiṃ yugaggāhaṃ samāpanno. Na hi tvaṃ sakkhasi sampayātaveti kotthukādayo viya sīhādīhi, dhonena saha yugaṃ gahetvā ekapadampi sampayātuṃ yugaggāhameva vā sampādetuṃ na sakkhissasīti. Sesaṃ sabbattha pākaṭamevāti.
9. 摩犍提经注疏显示巴利原文
9. Māgaṇḍiyasuttavaṇṇanā
842 “见已,爱欲”是《摩犍提经》的开头。它的缘起是什么?一时,世尊住在舍卫城,于破晓时分,以佛眼观察世间,见住在俱卢国剑磨瑟昙聚落的婆罗门摩犍提及其妻子,具足了证得阿罗汉的因缘。于是世尊立刻从舍卫城动身,前往彼处,在距剑磨瑟昙不远处的一片密林中坐下,放出金色光芒。那时,摩犍提也正好去那里洗脸,见到金色光芒,心想“这是什么?”而四处张望,看见世尊便心生欢喜。据说他的女儿肤色金黄,许多刹帝利青年等前来求婚,却都未能得到。那位婆罗门有这样的观念:“我只把这金色的女儿许配给与她金色相配的沙门。”他看见世尊,便心想:“这个人与我女儿肤色相配,我把女儿给他吧。”因此一见就欢喜。他快步回家,对婆罗门女说:“夫人,夫人,我看见了一个和我女儿肤色相配的男子,快把女儿打扮好,我们要把她许配给他。”正当婆罗门女用香水为女儿沐浴,用衣物、花饰等盛装打扮时,恰逢世尊入城乞食的时刻,世尊便进入剑磨瑟昙乞食。显示巴利原文
842.Disvānataṇhanti māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharanto paccūsasamaye buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento kurūsu kammāsadhammanigamavāsino māgaṇḍiyassa nāma brāhmaṇassa sapajāpatikassa arahattūpanissayaṃ disvā tāvadeva sāvatthito tattha gantvā kammāsadhammassa avidūre aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe nisīdi suvaṇṇobhāsaṃ muñcamāno. Māgaṇḍiyopi taṅkhaṇaṃ tattha mukhadhovanatthaṃ gato suvaṇṇobhāsaṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ ida’’nti ito cito ca pekkhamāno bhagavantaṃ disvā attamano ahosi. Tassa kira dhītā suvaṇṇavaṇṇā, taṃ bahū khattiyakumārādayo vārayantā na labhanti. Brāhmaṇo evaṃladdhiko hoti ‘‘samaṇasseva naṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇassa dassāmī’’ti. So bhagavantaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ me dhītāya samānavaṇṇo, imassa naṃ dassāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppādesi. Tasmā disvāva attamano ahosi. So vegena gharaṃ gantvā brāhmaṇiṃ āha – ‘‘bhoti bhoti mayā dhītāya samānavaṇṇo puriso diṭṭho, alaṅkarohi dārikaṃ, tassa naṃ dassāmā’’ti. Brāhmaṇiyā dārikaṃ gandhodakena nhāpetvā vatthapupphālaṅkārādīhi alaṅkarontiyā eva bhagavato bhikkhācāravelā sampattā. Atha bhagavā kammāsadhammaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
他们便带着女儿,前往世尊曾坐之处。在那里未见到世尊,婆罗门女四处张望,看见了世尊打坐的草垫。由于诸佛的决意之力,佛的坐处与脚印皆不紊不乱。她对婆罗门说:“婆罗门,这就是他的草席。”婆罗门说:“是的,夫人。”她便说:“那么,婆罗门,我俩这趟来的目的恐怕无法达成了。”婆罗门问:“为什么呢,夫人?”她说:“你看,婆罗门,这草垫纹丝不乱,这不是耽著欲乐之人所用的。”婆罗门说:“别这样说,夫人,在求取吉祥之时,不要说这不吉祥的话。”婆罗门女又四处行走,见到了世尊的脚印,便对婆罗门说:“这是他的足迹吗?”婆罗门说:“是的,夫人。”她说:“你看这脚印,此人并非沉溺于欲乐者。”当被问及“你怎么知道,夫人?”时,她便展现自己的智慧,说道:显示巴利原文
Tepi kho dhītaraṃ gahetvā bhagavato nisinnokāsaṃ agamaṃsu. Tattha bhagavantaṃ adisvā brāhmaṇī ito cito ca vilokentī bhagavato nisajjaṭṭhānaṃ tiṇasanthārakaṃ addasa. Buddhānañca adhiṭṭhānabalena nisinnokāso padanikkhepo ca abyākulā honti. Sā brāhmaṇaṃ āha – ‘‘esa, brāhmaṇa, tassa tiṇasanthāro’’ti? ‘‘Āma, bhotī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, amhākaṃ āgamanakammaṃ na sampajjissatī’’ti. ‘‘Kasmā bhotī’’ti? ‘‘Passa, brāhmaṇa, abyākulo tiṇasanthāro, neso kāmabhogino paribhutto’’ti. Brāhmaṇo ‘‘mā, bhoti maṅgale pariyesiyamāne avamaṅgalaṃ abhaṇī’’ti āha. Punapi brāhmaṇī ito cito ca vicarantī bhagavato padanikkhepaṃ disvā brāhmaṇaṃ āha ‘‘ayaṃ tassa padanikkhepo’’ti? ‘‘Āma, bhotī’’ti. ‘‘Passa, brāhmaṇa, padanikkhepaṃ, nāyaṃ satto kāmesu gadhito’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ tvaṃ bhoti jānāsī’’ti ca vuttā attano ñāṇabalaṃ dassentī āha –
心有染污者,足迹蜷缩不稳;
心怀嗔恚者,足迹拖曳而行;
愚痴者的足迹,露出沉重与压迫,
而已揭开遮蔽者,其足迹正是如此。”(《增支部义注》1.1.260-261;《法句义注》1.2 娑摩婆提事;《清净道论》1.45)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rattassa hi ukkuṭikaṃ padaṃ bhave, Duṭṭhassa hoti anukaḍḍhitaṃ padaṃ; Mūḷhassa hoti sahasānupīḷitaṃ, Vivaṭṭacchadassa idamīdisaṃ pada’’nti. (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.260-261; dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.2 sāmāvatīvatthu; visuddhi. 1.45);
他们的话还未说完,世尊已用斋完毕,回到了那片丛林。婆罗门妇看见世尊具足胜妙相好、为寻丈光轮所环绕的色身,便对婆罗门说:“这就是你见到的那位吗,婆罗门?”“是的,夫人。”她说:“我们的来意肯定不会实现了——像这样的人,怎么可能去受用欲乐?”就在他们这样说时,世尊在草垫上坐了下来。于是,婆罗门左手牵着女儿,右手拿着水瓶,走近世尊,说道:“喂,沙门!你是金色的,这女孩也是金色的,她正配得上你。我把这女孩送给尊者,作为操持家务的妻子吧。”说着便来到世尊近前,想把女儿交付出去。世尊没有直接对他说话,而是如同与别人交谈一般,说出了这个偈颂:“见已,爱欲……”显示巴利原文
Ayañcarahi tesaṃ kathā vippakatā, atha bhagavā katabhattakicco tameva vanasaṇḍaṃ āgato. Brāhmaṇī bhagavato varalakkhaṇakhacitaṃ byāmappabhāparikkhittaṃ rūpaṃ disvā brāhmaṇaṃ āha – ‘‘esa tayā, brāhmaṇa, diṭṭho’’ti? ‘‘Āma bhotī’’ti. ‘‘Āgatakammaṃ na sampajjissateva, evarūpo nāma kāme paribhuñjissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti. Tesaṃ evaṃ vadantānaññeva bhagavā tiṇasanthārake nisīdi. Atha brāhmaṇo dhītaraṃ vāmena hatthena gahetvā kamaṇḍaluṃ dakkhiṇena hatthena gahetvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘bho, pabbajita, tvañca suvaṇṇavaṇṇo ayañca dārikā, anucchavikā esā tava, imāhaṃ bhoto bhariyaṃ posāvanatthāya dammī’’ti vatvā bhagavato santikaṃ gantvā dātukāmo aṭṭhāsi. Bhagavā brāhmaṇaṃ anālapitvā aññena saddhiṃ sallapamāno viya ‘‘disvāna taṇha’’nti imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi.
其意为:在阿阇波罗榕树下,见到化作种种形象前来诱惑的魔女——爱欲、不乐与贪染,当时我连一丝一毫的淫欲念头都没有;更何况见到这个充满屎尿的女孩之身,又会生起什么?我无论如何连脚都不愿碰她,更不用说与她同住了。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – ajapālanigrodhamūle nānārūpāni nimminitvā abhikāmamāgataṃ māradhītaraṃ disvāna taṇhaṃ aratiṃ ragañca chandamattampi me methunasmiṃ nāhosi, kimevidaṃ imissā dārikāya muttakarīsapuṇṇaṃ rūpaṃ disvā bhavissati sabbathā pādāpi naṃ samphusituṃ na icche, kutonena saṃvasitunti.
843 于是,摩犍提心想:“出家人舍弃了人间的欲乐,是为了天界的欲而出家,而这个人连天界的欲都不要,纵然面对女宝,他的见解又是什么呢?”因此问出了第二首偈颂。其中,“若见如是宝”是针对天界的女宝而说的,并非指自己的女儿。“恶见、戒、行、命”和“我说何生趣”的意思是:你所持的恶见、戒、行、命是什么,你所说的自己的生趣又是什么?显示巴利原文
843. Tato māgaṇḍiyo ‘‘pabbajitā nāma mānusake kāme pahāya dibbakāmatthāya pabbajanti, ayañca dibbepi kāme na icchati, idampi itthiratanaṃ, kā nu assa diṭṭhī’’ti pucchituṃ dutiyaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha etādisaṃ ce ratananti dibbitthiratanaṃ sandhāya bhaṇati, nārinti attano dhītaraṃ sandhāya. Diṭṭhigataṃ sīlavataṃ nu jīvitanti diṭṭhiñca sīlañca vatañca jīvitañca. Bhavūpapattiñca vadesi kīdisanti attano bhavūpapattiñca kīdisaṃ vadasīti.
844 接下来两首偈颂以问答方式展开,因此彼此关联十分清晰。其中第一首偈颂的简要意思是:摩犍提啊,对我来说,在六十二种恶见法中,那种断定“唯此为真,余皆虚妄”的执取,我并没有,不存在,也不会生起。为何如此?因为我见到了诸见的过患而不执取任何见,在审察诸谛时,由于内在贪等已止息,我见到了名为“内寂”的涅槃。显示巴利原文
844. Ito parā dve gāthā visajjanapucchānayena pavattattā pākaṭasambandhāyeva. Tāsu paṭhamagāthāya saṅkhepattho – tassa mayhaṃ, māgaṇḍiya, dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatadhammesu nicchinitvā ‘‘idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’’nti evaṃ idaṃ vadāmīti samuggahitaṃ na hoti natthi na vijjati. Kiṃkāraṇā ? Ahañhi passanto diṭṭhīsu ādīnavaṃ kañci diṭṭhiṃ aggahetvā saccāni pavicinanto ajjhattaṃ rāgādīnaṃ santibhāvena ajjhattasantisaṅkhātaṃ nibbānameva addasanti.
845 第二首偈颂的简意:这些恶见,因被各类有情审度后执取,故称为“决断”;又因由各自之缘造作等缘故,故称为“计著”。牟尼啊,您不执取恶见法而说“内寂”,您既宣说此义,请告诉我:智者是如何宣说的?智者是如何阐明那句义的?显示巴利原文
845. Dutiyagāthāya saṅkhepattho – yānimāni diṭṭhigatāni tehi tehi sattehi vinicchinitvā gahitattā vinicchayāti ca attano paccayehi abhisaṅkhatabhāvādinā nayena pakappitāni cāti vuccanti. Te tvaṃ muni diṭṭhigatadhamme aggahetvā ajjhattasantīti yametamatthaṃ brūsi, ācikkha me, kathaṃ nu dhīrehi paveditaṃ kathaṃ pakāsitaṃ dhīrehi taṃ padanti.
846 于是,世尊为了开示智者是依何方法宣说此境界,连同其对立面,而说“不以见”等偈颂。此处,以“不以见”等语句,否定了见、听闻、八等至、智、外道的戒与禁制。对于“我说有清净”,应当将句中“说”字与各处“不”字连接,并转换人称,理解为:“我不说以见而有清净。”后面的语句也应如此理解。而且,此处“不以见”的意思是:我不说没有正见,即不离开十事正见而说。同样地,“不以所闻”是指不离开九分教的听闻;“不以智”是指不离开对业所作、与诸谛相符的智;“不以戒”是指不离开巴帝摩卡律仪;“不以禁制”是指不离开头陀支的修持。“不也以此”是指也不以这些中的任何一种仅凭见等而说——应当这样理解。“抛弃这些而不执取”:对于前面这些属见等品类的黑暗分诸法,通过断除而抛弃;对于后面属不见等品类的白分诸法,通过不生恋慕而不执取。“寂静者不依赖,不希求有”:通过这条行道,由于贪等止息而寂静,对眼等不依赖任何法,有能力不希求、不渴望任何的有,这就是他的“内寂”,这是此处的意旨所在。显示巴利原文
846. Athassa bhagavā yathā yena upāyena taṃ padaṃ dhīrehi pakāsitaṃ, taṃ upāyaṃ sapaṭipakkhaṃ dassento ‘‘na diṭṭhiyā’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha ‘‘na diṭṭhiyā’’tiādīhi diṭṭhisutiaṭṭhasamāpattiñāṇabāhirasīlabbatāni paṭikkhipati. ‘‘Suddhimāhā’’ti ettha vuttaṃ āha-saddaṃ sabbattha nakārena saddhiṃ yojetvā purisabyattayaṃ katvā ‘‘diṭṭhiyā suddhiṃ nāhaṃ kathemī’’ti evamattho veditabbo. Yathā cettha, evaṃ uttarapadesupi. Tattha ca adiṭṭhiyā nāhāti dasavatthukaṃ sammādiṭṭhiṃ vinā na kathemi. Tathā assutiyāti navaṅgaṃ savanaṃ vinā. Añāṇāti kammassa katasaccānulomikañāṇaṃ vinā. Asīlatāti pātimokkhasaṃvaraṃ vinā. Abbatāti dhutaṅgavataṃ vinā. Nopi tenāti tesu ekamekena diṭṭhiādimattenāpi no kathemīti evamattho veditabbo. Ete ca nissajja anuggahāyāti ete ca purime diṭṭhiādibhede kaṇhapakkhiye dhamme samugghātakaraṇena nissajja, pacchime adiṭṭhiādibhede sukkapakkhiye atammayatāpajjanena anuggahāya. Santo anissāya bhavaṃ najappeti imāya paṭipattiyā rāgādivūpasamena santo cakkhādīsu kañci dhammaṃ anissāya ekampi bhavaṃ apihetuṃ apatthetuṃ samattho siyā, ayamassa ajjhattasantīti adhippāyo.
847 世尊这样说时,摩犍提未能领会话中之意,而说出“如果不”等偈颂。这里,“见”等还是如前所说之理。不过,他是就黑暗分而在两处都说的。应将“说”字与“如果不”连接,理解为:“如果不,他就不说。”“极愚痴”指极度迷惑,或是迷惑人的。“他们说”指他们这样认知。显示巴利原文
847. Evaṃ vutte vacanatthaṃ asallakkhento māgaṇḍiyo ‘‘no ce kirā’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha diṭṭhādīni vuttanayāneva. Kaṇhapakkhiyāniyeva pana sandhāya ubhayatrāpi āha. Āha-saddaṃ pana nocekira-saddena yojetvā ‘‘no ce kirāha no ce kira kathesī’’ti evaṃ attho daṭṭhabbo. Momuhanti atimūḷhaṃ, mohanaṃ vā. Paccentīti jānanti.
848 于是,世尊为遮止他依于彼见的诘问,而说“依于见并”等偈。其中意为:“摩犍提,你依于见而一再诘问,你于所执取的种种恶见之中,唯于彼执取而陷入如此迷惑;且于我所说依于内在寂静之行及法教,你不见任何正理,因而以迷惑之心观此法。”显示巴利原文
848. Athassa bhagavā taṃ diṭṭhiṃ nissāya pucchaṃ paṭikkhipanto ‘‘diṭṭhiñca nissāyā’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – tvaṃ, māgaṇḍiya, diṭṭhiṃ nissāya punappunaṃ pucchamāno yāni te diṭṭhigatāni samuggahitāni, tesveva samuggahītesu evaṃ pamohaṃ āgato, ito ca mayā vuttaajjhattasantito paṭipattito dhammadesanato vā aṇumpi yuttasaññaṃ na passasi, tena kāraṇena tvaṃ imaṃ dhammaṃ momuhato passasīti.
849 如此,世尊指出摩犍提因对所执恶见的迷惑而招致争论之后,为显示自身对这些法及余法已离迷惑、无有争论的状态,而说“相等、殊胜”等偈。其中意为:若有人以此三种慢或以见而计执,便会因此慢、此见或此人而起争论。然而,像我这样的人,于这三种情况毫不动摇,于我而言,“相等”与“殊胜”皆不存在,“低劣”亦不存在——此句有所省略。显示巴利原文
849. Evaṃ samuggahitesu pamohena māgaṇḍiyassa vivādāpattiṃ dassetvā idāni tesu aññesu ca dhammesu vigatappamohassa attano nibbivādataṃ dassento ‘‘samo visesī’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – yo evaṃ tividhamānena vā diṭṭhiyā vā maññati, so tena mānena tāya diṭṭhiyā tena vā puggalena vivadeyya. Yo pana amhādiso imāsu tīsu vidhāsu avikampamāno, samo visesīti na tassa hoti, na ca hīnoti pāṭhaseso.
850 更有甚者——“真实”等偈。其中意为:如此已断慢与见、如我一般、以远诸恶等方便而称为婆罗门者,凭什么会说“此唯真实”呢?他会宣说何事?又以何因由而宣说?又能以何种慢、何种见、与何人而争论“我的是真实,你的是虚妄”呢?于我这般漏尽者中,已无“我与某人相等”的戏论,故而没有“相等”的计执,亦无依其余两种状态而起戏论的“不等”计执。如此,于相等、不等的情形中,他还能与谁争论、与谁反驳呢?难道不是唯有这样的人,恰如——“弃舍了家”等偈所说那样吗?显示巴利原文
850. Kiñca bhiyyo – saccanti soti gāthā. Tassattho – so evarūpo pahīnamānadiṭṭhiko mādiso bāhitapāpattādinā nayena brāhmaṇo ‘‘idameva sacca’’nti kiṃ vadeyya kiṃ vatthuṃ bhaṇeyya, kena vā kāraṇena bhaṇeyya, ‘‘mayhaṃ saccaṃ, tuyhaṃ musā’’ti vā kena mānena diṭṭhiyā puggalena vā vivadeyya? Yasmiṃ mādise khīṇāsave ‘‘sadisohamasmī’’ti pavattiyā samaṃ vā, itaradvayabhāvena pavattiyā visamaṃ vā maññitaṃ natthi, so samānādīsu kena vādaṃ paṭisaṃyujeyya paṭipphareyyāti. Nanu ekaṃseneva evarūpo puggalo – okaṃ pahāyāti gāthā?
851 其中,“舍家而去”:通过断除对色等所缘——识的依处——的欲贪,将其舍离。“游方而无住处”:不因渴爱而依止于色相住处等处。“牟尼于村中不作亲密往来”:在村落中不与在家人亲密交往。“于诸欲已远离”:由于对诸欲已无欲贪,于一切欲中全然超脱。“不存期望”:不再生起未来的有身。“何故不与人诤论而说”:不与人作诤论性的言辞。如此行相的他,即是“因何离系”等偈颂所说。显示巴利原文
851. Tattha okaṃ pahāyāti rūpavatthādiviññāṇassa okāsaṃ tatra chandarāgappahānena chaḍḍetvā. Aniketasārīti rūpanimittaniketādīni taṇhāvasena asaranto. Gāme akubbaṃ muni santhavānīti gāme gihisanthavāni akaronto. Kāmehi rittoti kāmesu chandarāgābhāvena sabbakāmehi puthubhūto. Apurekkharānoti āyatiṃ attabhāvaṃ anabhinibbattento. Kathaṃ na viggayha janena kayirāti janena saddhiṃ viggāhikakathaṃ na katheyya. So evarūpo – yehi vivittoti gāthā.
852 其中,“因何”指因诸恶见。“离系而游方”:无所系缚地游历。“龙象不执取他们而说”:依“不造恶”等理趣被称为龙象的牟尼,不执取那些恶见而加以宣说。“生于水”:指生于名为“水”的水中、有刺茎的水生植物,此处即莲花。“犹如莲花不为水与泥所染”:如同那莲花不为水与泥所染污,同样地,宣说寂静的牟尼亦无贪求——意思是,内心寂静而说的牟尼,因无贪求而成为不贪求者。“于欲与世间皆不染著”:对于两种欲以及恶趣等世间,不被这两种染污所沾着。显示巴利原文
852. Tattha yehīti yehi diṭṭhigatehi. Vivitto vicareyyāti ritto careyya. Na tāni uggayha vadeyya nāgoti ‘‘āguṃ na karotī’’tiādinā (cūḷani. bhadrāvudhamāṇavapucchāniddesa 70; pārāyanānugītigāthāniddesa 102) nayena nāgo tāni diṭṭhigatāni uggahetvā na vadeyya. Jalambujanti jalasaññite ambumhi jātaṃ kaṇṭakanāḷaṃ vārijaṃ, padumanti vuttaṃ hoti. Yathā jalena paṅkena ca nūpalittanti taṃ padumaṃ yathā jalena ca paṅkena ca anupalittaṃ hoti, evaṃ muni santivādo agiddhoti evaṃ ajjhattasantivādo muni gedhābhāvena agiddho. Kāmeca loke caanūpalittoti duvidhepi kāme apāyādike ca loke dvīhipi lepehi anupalitto hoti.
853 更有甚者——“极智者不”等偈颂。其中,“极智者不因见而行”:具足四道智的极智者、如我这样的人,不因恶见而行,不由恶见而走,也不以恶见为核心而执取。此处字义为:“他行走”,故称“行者”;依工具格,因恶见而行,便是“因见而行者”;若以业格作属格义,因恶见而行,也是“因见而行者”。“他不以受而生慢”:他亦不因所感受的色等诸受而生起慢心。“他并非由彼所成”:依于渴爱与恶见,人成“由此所成”、“以此为归宿”,但此人并非如此。“不因业、不因所闻而被引导”:他不被福行等诸业引导,也不被“因听闻而得清净”等所闻引导。“他不被引入诸住所”:由于断除了两种趋近,因此不被引入一切由渴爱与恶见构成的住所。对于如此行相的他——“于想已离贪者”等偈颂所说。显示巴利原文
853. Kiñca bhiyyo – na vedagūti gāthā. Tattha na vedagū diṭṭhiyāyakoti catumaggavedagū mādiso diṭṭhiyāyako na hoti, diṭṭhiyā gacchanto vā, taṃ sārato paccento vā na hoti. Tattha vacanattho – yāyatīti yāyako, karaṇavacanena diṭṭhiyā yātīti diṭṭhiyāyako. Upayogatthe sāmivacanena diṭṭhiyā yātītipi diṭṭhiyāyako. Na mutiyā sa mānametīti mutarūpādibhedāya mutiyāpi so mānaṃ na eti. Na hi tammayo soti taṇhādiṭṭhivasena tammayo hoti tapparāyaṇo, ayaṃ pana na tādiso. Na kammunā nopi sutena neyyoti puññābhisaṅkhārādinā kammunā vā sutasuddhiādinā sutena vā so netabbo na hoti. Anūpanīto sa nivesanesūti so dvinnampi upayānaṃ pahīnattā sabbesu taṇhādiṭṭhinivesanesu anūpanīto. Tassa ca evaṃvidhassa – saññāvirattassāti gāthā.
854 此处,“对想已离贪者”:指以出离想为先导的修习而断除了欲想等想的人。此语指俱分解脱的止乘者。“对慧解脱者”:指以观为先导的修习而从一切烦恼中解脱的人。此语指干观者。“执取想与见的人们,在世间相互冲突而行”:执取欲想等想的人——特别是居士们——以欲为因;执取见的人——特别是出家者——以法为因,彼此相互冲突而行。其余未说到的内容,应依已说之理类推。开示结束时,婆罗门夫妇出家并证得阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
854. Tattha saññāvirattassāti nekkhammasaññāpubbaṅgamāya bhāvanāya pahīnakāmādisaññassa. Iminā padena ubhatobhāgavimutto samathayāniko adhippeto. Paññāvimuttassāti vipassanāpubbaṅgamāya bhāvanāya sabbakilesehi vimuttassa. Iminā sukkhavipassako adhippeto. Saññañca diṭṭhiñca ye aggahesuṃ, te ghaṭṭayantā vicaranti loketi ye kāmasaññādikaṃ saññaṃ aggahesuṃ, te visesato gahaṭṭhā kāmādhikaraṇaṃ, ye ca diṭṭhiṃ aggahesuṃ, te visesato pabbajitā dhammādhikaraṇaṃ aññamaññaṃ ghaṭṭentā vicarantīti. Sesamettha yaṃ avuttaṃ, taṃ vuttānusāreneva veditabbaṃ. Desanāpariyosāne brāhmaṇo ca brāhmaṇī ca pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsūti.
第十 衰前经解释显示巴利原文
10. Purābhedasuttavaṇṇanā
855 “如何见”等语出自《衰前经》。这部经的缘起是怎样的?对于这部经及之后的五部经——《争吵经》《争论经》《小积集经》《大积集经》《迅速经》《执杖经》——它们的普遍缘起,已依《正行经》缘起的解说方式说明过了。具体而言,正如在那次大集会中,为令贪行天神相应得法,化现的佛陀向自己提问后宣说了《正行经》;在那同一次大集会中,有些天神心生此念:“在身体坏灭之前,应做什么?”世尊了知他们的心念,为饶益他们,便从空中请来以一千二百五十位比丘为眷属的化现佛陀,由这位化现佛陀向自己提问,随后宣说了此经。显示巴利原文
855.Kathaṃdassīti purābhedasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Imassa suttassa ito paresañca pañcannaṃ kalahavivādacūḷabyūhamahābyūhatuvaṭakaattadaṇḍasuttānaṃ sammāparibbājanīyassa uppattiyaṃ vuttanayeneva sāmaññato uppatti vuttā. Visesato pana yatheva tasmiṃ mahāsamaye rāgacaritadevatānaṃ sappāyavasena dhammaṃ desetuṃ nimmitabuddhena attānaṃ pucchāpetvā sammāparibbājanīyasuttamabhāsi, evaṃ tasmiṃyeva mahāsamaye ‘‘kiṃ nu kho purā sarīrabhedā kattabba’’nti uppannacittānaṃ devatānaṃ cittaṃ ñatvā tāsaṃ anuggahatthaṃ aḍḍhateḷasabhikkhusataparivāraṃ nimmitabuddhaṃ ākāsena ānetvā tena attānaṃ pucchāpetvā imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
就提问的内容而言,那位化现者以“如何见”请问增上慧,以“如何戒”请问增上戒,以“已安静”请问增上心。其余部分的意思显而易见。显示巴利原文
Tattha pucchāya tāva so nimmito kathaṃdassīti adhipaññaṃ kathaṃsīloti adhisīlaṃ, upasantoti adhicittaṃ pucchati. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
856 世尊在回答时,并未直接针对增上慧等内容作答,而是依增上慧等的威德力,为阐明那些因烦恼止息而被称为“已安静者”的烦恼如何止息,顺应各类天神的意乐,说出了一组以“离贪者”等开头的偈颂。其中,前八偈应与“我称他为已安静者”这一句结合理解;此后的偈颂,则与最后的“他被称为安静者”相关联。显示巴利原文
856. Vissajjane pana bhagavā sarūpena adhipaññādīni avissajjetvāva adhipaññādippabhāvena yesaṃ kilesānaṃ upasamā ‘‘upasanto’’ti vuccati, nānādevatānaṃ āsayānulomena tesaṃ upasamameva dīpento ‘‘vītataṇho’’tiādikā gāthāyo abhāsi. Tattha ādito aṭṭhannaṃ gāthānaṃ ‘‘taṃ brūmi upasanto’’ti imāya gāthāya sambandho veditabbo. Tato parāsaṃ ‘‘sa ve santoti vuccatī’’ti iminā sabbapacchimena padena.
依逐词注释的方法:“离贪者于衰前”,指在身体破裂之前便已断除渴爱。“不依前际”,指不依赖由过去等时间所划分的前际。“不应于中间算入”,指在现在世,也不应以“染著”等方式来推算他。“他没有优先执取”,指这位阿拉汉因无有这两种优先执取,故于未来世亦无优先执取。“我称他为已安静者”——此处应如此结合理解。此方法适用于所有地方。此后不再显示如何结合,仅解释意义不明之词。显示巴利原文
Anupadavaṇṇanānayena ca – vītataṇho purā bhedāti yo sarīrabhedā pubbameva pahīnataṇho. Pubbamantamanissitoti atītaddhādibhedaṃ pubbantamanissito. Vemajjhenupasaṅkheyyoti paccuppannepi addhani ‘‘ratto’’tiādinā nayena na upasaṅkhātabbo. Tassa natthi purakkhatanti tassa arahato dvinnaṃ purekkhārānaṃ abhāvā anāgate addhani purakkhatampi natthi, taṃ brūmi upasantoti evamettha yojanā veditabbā. Esa nayo sabbattha. Ito paraṃ pana yojanaṃ adassetvā anuttānapadavaṇṇanaṃyeva karissāma.
857 “无恐惧”,指不因种种损失而恐惧。“不炫耀”,指不依戒德等自我炫耀。“无恶作”,指远离手的不安动作等。“审慎而言”,指经过审慎观察后再说话。“不躁动”,指没有掉举。“他言辞有节制”,指他在言语上有节制,能说远离四种过失之语。显示巴利原文
857.Asantāsīti tena tena alābhakena asantasanto. Avikatthīti sīlādīhi avikatthanasīlo . Akukkucoti hatthakukkucādivirahito . Mantabhāṇīti mantāya pariggahetvā vācaṃ bhāsitā. Anuddhatoti uddhaccavirahito. Sa ve vācāyatoti so vācāya yato saṃyato catudosavirahitaṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
858 「无期待」:指无有渴爱。「于诸触中见远离」:即在现前眼触等诸触中,见其远离我、我所等性。「亦不随于诸见」:即于六十二种邪见中,不追随任何一种见解。显示巴利原文
858.Nirāsattīti nittaṇho. Vivekadassī phassesūti paccuppannesu cakkhusamphassādīsu attādibhāvavivekaṃ passati. Diṭṭhīsu ca na nīyatīti dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhīsu kāyaci diṭṭhiyā na nīyati.
859 「退缩者」:因已断除贪等烦恼,故已远离他们。「非诡诈者」:不以三种欺诈事欺骗人。「无渴望者」:无渴望的习惯,即远离愿求之渴爱。「无悭吝者」:远离五种悭吝。「不轻率者」:无身轻率等行为。「不讨厌者」:因戒行等具足,故不令人厌,纯净而令人喜爱。「不从事离间语」:不造作以两种方式进行的离间语业。显示巴利原文
859.Patilīnoti rāgādīnaṃ pahīnattā tato apagato. Akuhakoti avimhāpako tīhi kuhanavatthūhi. Apihālūti apihanasīlo, patthanātaṇhāya rahitoti vuttaṃ hoti. Amaccharīti pañcamaccheravirahito. Appagabbhoti kāyapāgabbhiyādivirahito. Ajegucchoti sampannasīlāditāya ajegucchanīyo asecanako manāpo. Pesuṇeyye ca no yutoti dvīhi ākārehi upasaṃharitabbe pisuṇakamme ayutto.
860 「于乐处无随眠」:于诸乐事、五欲之境,无有渴爱的亲密粘连。「柔和」:具足柔和的身业等。「具辩才」:具备由学习教理、遍问、证悟所带来的辩才。「不轻信」:因自证得法,故不随意相信任何人。「不染着」:因贪已灭尽、已得离染,故现在不复染着。显示巴利原文
860.Sātiyesu anassāvīti sātavatthūsu kāmaguṇesu taṇhāsanthavavirahito. Saṇhoti saṇhehi kāyakammādīhi samannāgato. Paṭibhānavāti pariyattiparipucchādhigamapaṭibhānehi samannāgato. Na saddhoti sāmaṃ adhigatadhammaṃ na kassaci saddahati. Na virajjatīti khayā rāgassa virattattā idāni na virajjati.
861 「不因利养而学」是指,不因希求利养而学习经典等。「于渴爱不违逆,于味不贪求」:由于没有违逆,他成为不违逆者,对渴爱的根本味等不生贪着。显示巴利原文
861.Lābhakamyā na sikkhatīti na lābhapatthanāya suttantādīni sikkhati. Aviruddho ca taṇhāya, rasesu nānugijjhatīti virodhābhāvena ca aviruddho hutvā taṇhāya mūlarasādīsu gedhaṃ nāpajjati.
862 「舍者」是具备六支舍的人。「念者」是具备身随观等念的人。显示巴利原文
862.Upekkhakoti chaḷaṅgupekkhāya samannāgato. Satoti kāyānupassanādisatiyutto.
863 「依止」指渴爱与见的依止。「知法」是以无常等相了知法。「无依止」即是这样:他不依止于那些依止。由此,他阐明“除了法智,别无依止”,也就是不执取“有”或“无”,不落常见或断见。显示巴利原文
863.Nissayanāti taṇhādiṭṭhinissayā. Ñatvā dhammanti aniccādīhi ākārehi dhammaṃ jānitvā. Anissitoti evaṃ tehi nissayehi anissito. Tena aññatra dhammañāṇā natthi nissayānaṃ abhāvoti dīpeti bhavāya vibhavāya vāti sassatāya ucchedāya vā.
864 「我称彼为已安静者」意思是,我称由每一首偈颂所描述的此人为已安静者。「他已渡越渴爱之蔓延」是指,他已渡越了那因具足蔓延等特性而被称为‘蔓延’的大渴爱。显示巴利原文
864.Taṃbrūmi upasantoti taṃ evarūpaṃ ekekagāthāya vuttaṃ upasantoti kathemi. Atarī so visattikanti so imaṃ visatādibhāvena visattikāsaṅkhātaṃ mahātaṇhaṃ atari.
865 现在为赞扬那位已安静者,而说‘他没有儿子’等。这里的「儿子」指亲生儿子等四种。在此应知,经中以‘儿子’等名称来表述儿子与摄受等。因为对他而言,那些儿子和摄受等并不存在;或者说,正因为那些不存在,儿子等也就不存在。显示巴利原文
865. Idāni tameva upasantaṃ pasaṃsanto āha ‘‘na tassa puttā’’ti evamādi. Tattha puttā atrajādayo cattāro. Ettha ca puttapariggahādayo puttādināmena vuttāti veditabbā. Te hissa na vijjanti, tesaṃ vā abhāvena puttādayo na vijjantīti.
866 「凡夫以及沙门、婆罗门可能以此指责他」:凡夫——包括一切天、人,以及外道的沙门、婆罗门——可能因为贪等过失而指责他,说‘他是染着者’或‘他是愤怒者’。「那过失于彼不现前」:那些贪等过失对这位阿拉汉而言并不存在。「因此,于诸责难中不动摇」:由于这个原因,他在种种贬责的话语中不会动摇。显示巴利原文
866.Yena naṃ vajjuṃ puthujjanā, atho samaṇabrāhmaṇāti yena taṃ rāgādinā vajjena puthujjanā sabbepi devamanussā ito bahiddhā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca ratto vā duṭṭho vāti, vadeyyuṃ. Taṃ tassa apurakkhatanti taṃ rāgādivajjaṃ tassa arahato apurakkhataṃ tasmā vādesu nejatīti taṃ kāraṇā nindāvacanesu na kampati.
867 「不于殊胜者中说」:不会出于慢心而将自己列入殊胜者之中,声称“我是殊胜者”。其余两项依此类推。「不趣向劫」:此人不趣向两种“劫”。何以故?因其于劫不相应,亦即已舍断了劫。显示巴利原文
867.Na ussesu vadateti visiṭṭhesu attānaṃ antokatvā ‘‘ahaṃ visiṭṭho’’ti atimānavasena na vadati. Esa nayo itaresu dvīsu. Kappaṃ neti akappiyoti so evarūpo duvidhampi kappaṃ na eti. Kasmā? Yasmā akappiyo, pahīnakappoti vuttaṃ hoti.
868 「自己的」、「我的」:指被执取为“我的”之物。「不以非有而忧愁」:不因不存在等非有而忧愁。「于诸法中不趣向」:不因欲乐等而在一切法中趋入。「他确实被称为寂静者」:如此的最上之人,即被称为“寂静者”。世尊以阿拉汉果的顶峰结束了开示。开示结束时,一亿天神证得阿拉汉果,入流者等不计其数。显示巴利原文
868.Sakanti mayhanti pariggahitaṃ. Asatā ca na socatīti avijjamānādinā asatā ca na socati. Dhammesu ca na gacchatīti sabbesu dhammesu chandādivasena na gacchati. Sa ve santoti vuccatīti so evarūpo naruttamo ‘‘santo’’ti vuccatīti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne koṭisatasahassadevatānaṃ arahattappatti ahosi, sotāpannādīnaṃ gaṇanā natthīti.
第十一经:《诤与争论经》的注释。显示巴利原文
11. Kalahavivādasuttavaṇṇanā
869 “从何处生起诤与争论”等偈颂,构成《诤与争论经》。本经的缘起为何?同样在那次大集会中,有些天神心念生起:“诤等八法,究竟从何而生?”为了向他们阐明这些法,如先前的方式,由化现的佛陀向自己提问,并由自己作答。由于经中问答依序展开,故所有偈颂之间的关联皆清晰明了。显示巴利原文
869.Kutopahūtā kalahā vivādāti kalahavivādasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Idampi tasmiṃyeva mahāsamaye ‘‘kuto nu, kho, kalahādayo aṭṭha dhammā pavattantī’’ti uppannacittānaṃ ekaccānaṃ devatānaṃ te dhamme āvikātuṃ purimanayeneva nimmitabuddhena attānaṃ pucchāpetvā vuttaṃ tattha pucchāvissajjanakkamena ṭhitattā sabbagāthā pākaṭasambandhāyeva.
然而,这些隐晦词句的注释应如此理解:“‘诤与争论从何而生’(kutopahūtā kalahā vivādāti)”——诤及其前奏的争论,此两者从何处生起?“‘悲叹、忧伤及悭吝’(Paridevasokā sahamaccharā cāti)”——悲叹、忧伤,以及悭吝,从何处生起?“‘慢、过慢,及离间语’(Mānātimānā sahapesuṇā cāti)”——慢、过慢,以及离间语,从何处生起?这八者全是烦恼法。“‘请说此义’(Tadiṅgha brūhīti)”——请您说明我所问的这个道理,即‘我请求说明此义’。此处的‘iṅgha’是不变词,表请求之意。显示巴利原文
Anuttānapadavaṇṇanā panetāsaṃ evaṃ veditabbā – kutopahūtā kalahā vivādāti kalaho ca tassa pubbabhāgo vivādo cāti ime kuto jātā. Paridevasokā sahamaccharā cāti paridevasokā ca maccharā ca kutopahūtā. Mānātimānā sahapesuṇā cāti mānā ca atimānā ca pesuṇā ca kutopahūtā. Teti te sabbepi aṭṭha kilesadhammā. Tadiṅgha brūhīti taṃ mayā pucchitamatthaṃ brūhi yācāmi taṃ ahanti. Yācanattho hi iṅghāti nipāto.
870 “从可爱之物生起”[870]:意为它们是从可爱的事物产生的。然而,此中的关联,在《义释》(Mahāni. 98)中已经说明。“与悭吝相连则有诤和争论”:此言指出,诤和争论等不仅以可爱事物为缘,悭吝也是其缘。应知,此处是以诤和争论为标目,来说明这一切法。正如悭吝是它们的缘,离间语也以争论为缘,故说:“争论生起时,离间语便出现。”显示巴利原文
870.Piyappahūtāti piyavatthuto jātā. Yutti panettha niddese (mahāni. 98) vuttā eva. Maccherayuttā kalahā vivādāti iminā kalahavivādādīnaṃ na kevalaṃ piyavatthumeva, macchariyampi paccayaṃ dasseti. Kalahavivādasīsena cettha sabbepi te dhammā vuttāti veditabbā. Yathā ca etesaṃ macchariyaṃ, tathā pesuṇānañca vivādaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘vivādajātesu ca pesuṇānī’’ti.
871 “世间可爱之物,以何为根源?他们因贪而在世间游走者”[871]:此处“可爱之物以何为根源”,即指前文所说“从可爱物而有诤”的那些可爱之物。他们可爱之物在世间以何为根源?不但可爱之物,那些刹帝利等因贪而游走者——即以贪为因、为贪所制而游走,他们的贪又以何为根源?此一问中包含了两个问题。“及希望与成就”:希望,以及该希望的成就。“哪些是人之来世依靠?”:哪些是人的来世依靠,亦即归宿。这同样是一个问题。显示巴利原文
871.Piyāsu lokasmiṃ kutonidānā ye cāpi lobhā vicaranti loketi ‘‘piyā pahūtā kalahā’’ti ye ettha vuttā. Te piyā lokasmiṃ kutonidānā, na kevalañca piyā, ye cāpi khattiyādayo lobhā vicaranti lobhahetukā lobhenābhibhūtā vicaranti, tesaṃ so lobho ca kutonidānoti dve atthe ekāya pucchāya pucchati. Āsā ca niṭṭhā cāti āsā ca tassā āsāya samiddhi ca. Ye samparāyāya narassa hontīti ye narassa samparāyāya honti, parāyanā hontīti vuttaṃ hoti. Ekā evāyampi pucchā.
872 “以欲为根源”:指以欲爱等欲为根源。“还有,那些因为贪而在世间游走的人”:那些刹帝利等,因为贪而游走,他们的贪也是以欲为根源。这样便以一个回答解答了两种意义。“以此为本源”:意即以这个欲为根源,这才是所说的本源。至于“以什么为根源,以什么为根源”(《经集》273)等,其语法解释应按照《针毛经》注中所说的道理来理解。显示巴利原文
872.Chandānidānānīti kāmacchandādichandanidānāni. Ye cāpi lobhā vicarantīti ye cāpi khattiyādayo lobhā vicaranti tesaṃ lobhopi chandanidānoti dvepi atthe ekato vissajjeti. Itonidānāti chandanidānā evāti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Kutonidānā kutonidānā’’ti (su. ni. 273) etesu ca saddasiddhi sūcilomasutte vuttanayeneva veditabbā.
873 “种种决断”:指欲爱的决断与见的决断。“又或有诸法为沙门所说”:指还有那些与忿怒等相应,或是类似的不善法,被佛陀这位沙门所宣说,它们是从哪里产生的?显示巴利原文
873.Vinicchayāti taṇhādiṭṭhivinicchayā. Ye vāpi dhammā samaṇena vuttāti ye ca aññepi kodhādīhi sampayuttā, tathārūpā vā akusalā dhammā buddhasamaṇena vuttā, te kutopahūtāti.
874 “依彼为近缘,欲便生起”:此处的“彼”指乐受与苦受。依止于称为“厌逆与无厌逆”的所缘——乐与不乐为近缘,以期盼结合与分离的方式,欲便生起。到此为止,“在世间,欲以什么为本源?”这个问题已得到解答。“见诸色中非有与有”:指于诸色中见到其灭与生。“人在世间作出决断”:在此恶趣等世间,此人为获取财物而作欲爱的决断,并以“自我生起了”等方式作见的决断。而这里的关联,正如《大义释》(Mahāni. 102)中所说。到此为止,“种种决断又以什么为本源?”这个问题已得到解答。显示巴利原文
874.Tamūpanissāya pahoti chandoti taṃ sukhadukkhavedanaṃ. Tadubhayavatthusaṅkhātaṃ sātāsātaṃ upanissāya saṃyogaviyogapatthanāvasena chando pahoti. Ettāvatā ‘‘chando nu lokasmiṃ kutonidāno’’ti ayaṃ pañho vissajjito hoti. Rūpesu disvā vibhavaṃ bhavañcāti rūpesu vayañca uppādañca disvā. Vinicchayaṃ kubbati jantu loketi apāyādike loke ayaṃ jantu bhogādhigamanatthaṃ taṇhāvinicchayaṃ ‘‘attā me uppanno’’tiādinā nayena diṭṭhivinicchayañca kurute. Yutti panettha niddese (mahāni. 102) vuttā eva. Ettāvatā ‘‘vinicchayā cāpi kutopahūtā’’ti ayaṃ pañho vissajjito hoti.
875 “这些法也仅依二法而有”:意思是,这些忿怒等法,只有在乐与不乐这二法存在时,才会生起。它们的生起方式,在《义释》(Mahāni. 103)中已有说明。至此,第三个问题也已解答完毕。现在,为了开示断除疑惑的方法,以引导那些对于如此解答后仍怀有疑惑的人,他说:“有疑惑者,应为智之道而修学。”意思是:为了证得如实知见之智,应当修学三学。为何如此?因为法是沙门了知之后才宣说的。佛陀这位沙门,确实是了知以后才说法,于法,他没有不了知的。然而,那些因自身没有智慧而不了解这些法的人便无法明白,这并非教法的过失。因此,有疑惑者应为智之道而修学,因为法是被沙门了知后所宣说的。显示巴利原文
875.Etepi dhammā dvayameva santeti etepi kodhādayo dhammā sātāsātadvaye sante eva pahonti uppajjanti. Uppatti ca nesaṃ niddese (mahāni. 103) vuttāyeva. Ettāvatā tatiyapañhopi vissajjito hoti. Idāni yo evaṃ vissajjitesu etesu pañhesu kathaṃkathī bhaveyya, tassa kathaṃkathāpahānūpāyaṃ dassento āha – ‘‘kathaṃkathī ñāṇapathāya sikkhe’’ti, ñāṇadassanañāṇādhigamanatthaṃ tisso sikkhā sikkheyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Ñatvā pavuttā samaṇena dhammā. Buddhasamaṇena hi ñatvāva dhammā vuttā, natthi tassa dhammesu aññāṇaṃ. Attano pana ñāṇābhāvena te ajānanto na jāneyya, na desanā dosena, tasmā kathaṃkathī ñāṇapathāya sikkhe, ñatvā pavuttā samaṇena dhammāti.
876-7 “乐与不乐,从何因生?”:在此处,“乐与不乐”正是指乐受与苦受。“这些因并不存在”:指这些因不存在。“请告诉我,乐与不乐的灭与有,以及此义,从何因生?”:这是询问乐与不乐的灭和生,以及其意义是从什么因缘产生的。应当知道,这里所说的乐与不乐的灭和有的见解,实质上就是“灭见”与“有见”。正如在解答此问题时,《义释》(Mahāni. 105)中所说:“有见也以触为因,灭见也以触为因。”“从此因”即指以触为因。显示巴利原文
876-7.Sātaṃasātañca kutonidānāti ettha sātaṃ asātanti sukhadukkhavedanā eva adhippetā. Na bhavanti heteti na bhavanti ete. Vibhavaṃ bhavañcāpi yametamatthaṃ etaṃ me pabrūhi yatonidānanti sātāsātānaṃ vibhavaṃ bhavañca etampi yaṃ atthaṃ. Liṅgabyattayo ettha kato. Idaṃ pana vuttaṃ hoti – sātāsātānaṃ vibhavo bhavo cāti yo esa attho, evaṃ me pabrūhi yatonidānanti. Ettha ca sātāsātānaṃ vibhavabhavavatthukā vibhavabhavadiṭṭhiyo eva vibhavabhavāti atthato veditabbā. Tathā hi imassa pañhassa vissajjanapakkhe ‘‘bhavadiṭṭhipi phassanidānā, vibhavadiṭṭhipi phassanidānā’’ti niddese (mahāni. 105) vuttaṃ. Itonidānanti phassanidānaṃ.
878 “什么被超越时,触不触击?”:意思是,当什么被超越时,眼触等五种触便不再发生触击?显示巴利原文
878.Kismiṃ vibhūte na phusanti phassāti kismiṃ vītivatte cakkhusamphassādayo pañca phassā na phusanti.
879 「缘名与色」:此处,“名”指相应的名法,“色”指依处与所缘之色。「当色被超越时,触不触击」:当色被超越时,五种触便不触击。显示巴利原文
879.Nāmañca rūpañca paṭiccāti sampayuttakanāmaṃ vatthārammaṇarūpañca paṭicca. Rūpe vibhūte na phusanti phassāti rūpe vītivatte pañca phassā na phusanti.
880 「如何行道者」:怎样行道的人。「色灭尽」:色消灭,或不再存在。「乐与苦」:这是在问可爱与不可爱的色。显示巴利原文
880.Kathaṃ sametassāti kathaṃ paṭipannassa. Vibhoti rūpanti rūpa vibhavati, na bhaveyya vā. Sukhaṃ dukhañcāti iṭṭhāniṭṭhaṃ rūpameva pucchati.
881 「非有想之想者」:对于如此行道而使色灭尽者,他也不是具有寻常想的人。「非无想之想者」:他也不是以邪想、变异之想而有想的人,不像狂人,也不像心思散乱者。「也不是无想者」:他也不是全无想,不是入灭尽定者,也不是无想有情。「非想已超越者」:他也不是以“完全超越色想”等方式(《法集论》265;《分别论》602)而超越了想的人,即无色定获得者。对于这样行道的人,色便灭尽。此不限于前面所说的“有想之想者”等状态,而是如所说:“令心得定之后……为证得空无边处定而引导其心。”对于这样行道的人,即具足无色道者,色便灭尽。「因为戏论之数依想而起」:这是开示:对于如此行道的人,他虽仍有想,但以想为因的渴爱、见等种种戏论,仍然未被断除。显示巴利原文
881.Na saññasaññīti yathā sametassa vibhoti rūpaṃ, so pakatisaññāya saññīpi na hoti. Na visaññasaññīti visaññāyapi virūpāya saññāya saññī na hoti ummattako vā khittacitto vā. Nopi asaññīti saññāvirahitopi na hoti nirodhasamāpanno vā asaññasatto vā. Na vibhūtasaññīti ‘‘sabbaso rūpasaññāna’’ntiādinā (dha sa. 265; vibha. 602) nayena samatikkantasaññīpi na hoti arūpajjhānalābhī. Evaṃ sametassa vibhoti rūpanti etasmiṃ saññasaññitādibhāve aṭṭhatvā yadetaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘so evaṃ samāhite citte…pe… ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattipaṭilābhatthāya cittaṃ abhinīharatī’’ti. Evaṃ sametassa arūpamaggasamaṅgino vibhoti rūpaṃ. Saññānidānā hi papañcasaṅkhāti evaṃ paṭipannassāpi yā saññā, tannidānā taṇhādiṭṭhipapañcā appahīnā eva hontīti dasseti.
882-3 “是否仅以此(无色定)为最上清净?有些智者在此处对夜叉这样说?还是说有其他更超胜的?”这是问:此处的智者沙门、婆罗门,是仅以此无色定说为有情的最高清净,抑或还说有其他比无色定更超胜者?“有些说仅以此(无色定)为最上”:指一部分持常见、自以为智者的沙门婆罗门,说仅此无色定即是最高清净。“然而其中有些人说灭尽”:而他们中的另一部分断灭论者,则说灭尽就是断灭。“自称善说无余依”:即自称是善说无余依(涅槃)之人。显示巴利原文
882-3.Ettāvataggaṃnu vadanti, heke yakkhassa suddhiṃ idha paṇḍitāse. Udāhu aññampi vadantiettoti ettāvatā nu idha paṇḍitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā aggaṃ suddhiṃ sattassa vadanti, udāhu aññampi etto arūpasamāpattito adhikaṃ vadantīti pucchati. Ettāvataggampi vadanti heketi eke sassatavādā samaṇabrāhmaṇā paṇḍitamānino ettāvatāpi aggaṃ suddhiṃ vadanti. Tesaṃ paneke samayaṃ vadantīti tesaṃyeva eke ucchedavādā samayaṃ ucchedaṃ vadanti. Anupādisese kusalā vadānāti anupādisese kusalavādā samānā.
884 “了知这些为所依之后”:指了知这些邪见者依止于常见和断见。“牟尼了知所依后,他是审察者”:意为了知所依之后,彼审察者——智者、佛陀牟尼。“了知后解脱”:即了知诸法为苦、无常等后,便得解脱。“不再趣向有与非有”:即不再受一再的再生。以阿拉汉果为顶峰而结束开示。开示终了时,证悟的情形与《破灭之前经》中所说相似。显示巴利原文
884.Eteca ñatvā upanissitāti ete ca diṭṭhigatike sassatucchedadiṭṭhiyo nissitāti ñatvā. Ñatvā munī nissaye so vimaṃsīti nissaye ca ñatvā so vīmaṃsī paṇḍito buddhamuni. Ñatvā vimuttoti dukkhāniccādito dhamme ñatvā vimutto. Bhavābhavāya na sametīti punappunaṃ upapattiyā na samāgacchatīti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne purābhedasutte vuttasadisoyevābhisamayo ahosīti.
十二、《小积集经》注显示巴利原文
12. Cūḷabyūhasuttavaṇṇanā
885-6 “各自依各自的见而住者”等语,出自《小积集经》。它的缘起是什么?这也是在那个大集会中,有些天人生起了这样的心念:“所有这些见行者都说‘我们是善美者’,他们究竟是仅仅安立在自己的见上而成为善美者呢,还是会执取其他见解呢?”为了阐明此义,便如前所说的方式,由化现的佛陀自问而宣说。显示巴利原文
885-6.Sakaṃsakaṃdiṭṭhiparibbasānāti cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Idampi tasmiṃyeva mahāsamaye ‘‘sabbepi ime diṭṭhigatikā ‘sādhurūpamhā’ti bhaṇanti, kiṃ nu kho sādhurūpāva ime attanoyeva diṭṭhiyā patiṭṭhahanti, udāhu aññampi diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhantī’’ti uppannacittānaṃ ekaccānaṃ devatānaṃ tamatthaṃ pakāsetuṃ purimanayeneva nimmitabuddhena attānaṃ pucchāpetvā vuttaṃ.
其中,开头两首都是问颂。这里,「各自依各自的见而住者」:是指各自依着自己的见解而住的人。「各执己见而说种种善说者」:他们凭藉见解的强势而执取,并自许为「善说者」,便各说各话、说法纷杂,而不是说同一个法。「凡如此知者,彼知法;排斥此者,便成卑劣」:针对那个见解,凡是如此了知的人,他就了知了法;而反对这个见解的人,他们便说那是卑劣者。「卑劣」是指下劣之人,「不善」是指无智慧之人。显示巴利原文
Tattha ādito dvepi gāthā pucchāgāthāyeva. Tāsu sakaṃsakaṃdiṭṭhiparibbasānāti attano attano diṭṭhiyā vasamānā. Viggayha nānā kusalā vadantīti diṭṭhibalaggāhaṃ gahetvā, tattha ‘‘kusalāmhā’’ti paṭijānamānā puthu puthu vadanti ekaṃ na vadanti. Yo evaṃ jānāti sa vedi dhammaṃ idaṃ paṭikosamakevalī soti tañca diṭṭhiṃ sandhāya yo evaṃ jānāti, so dhammaṃ vedi. Idaṃ pana paṭikkosanto hīno hotīti vadanti. Bāloti hīno. Akkusaloti avidvā.
887-8 接下来是三首解答颂。这些颂的前半部分阐述所明的义理,后半部分予以驳斥并确立。由于这种驳斥,以及相较于后面经文更为简短,此经故得名「小积集」。其中,「若依他法」是指依他人的见解。「则皆成愚者」意思是:如果这样,那么所有这些人都成了愚者。何以故?因为这些执持己见而住者,对自己的见解并不清净。经中说「若具清净慧、为善智者」:这些依见而住者,于己之见既不争论也不清净,实为杂染,却自称是具清净慧者、善巧者、具智慧者。或者另有异读作「若依自见而清净者」,意思是:若依自己的见解而得清净,那么他们便是具清净慧者、善巧者、具智慧者。「其中无一人」:若如此,他们当中便无一人是低劣智慧者。何以故?因为他们的见解也同其他人一样,是那样的执取。显示巴利原文
887-8. Idāni tisso vissajjanagāthā honti. Tā purimaḍḍhena vuttamatthaṃ pacchimaḍḍhena paṭibyūhitvā ṭhitā. Tena byūhena uttarasuttato ca appakattā idaṃ suttaṃ ‘‘cūḷabyūha’’nti nāmaṃ labhati. Tattha parassa ce dhammanti parassa diṭṭhiṃ. Sabbeva bālāti evaṃ sante sabbeva ime bālā hontīti adhippāyo. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Sabbevime diṭṭhiparibbasānāti sandiṭṭhiyā ceva na vīvadātā. Saṃsuddhapaññā kusalā mutīmāti sakāya diṭṭhiyā na vivadātā na vodātā saṃkiliṭṭhāva samānā saṃsuddhapaññā ca kusalā ca mutimanto ca te honti ce. Atha vā ‘‘sandiṭṭhiyā ce pana vīvadātā’’ tipi pāṭho. Tassattho – sakāya pana diṭṭhiyā vodātā saṃsuddhapaññā kusalā mutimanto honti ce. Na tesaṃ kocīti evaṃ sante tesaṃ ekopi hīnapañño na hoti. Kiṃkāraṇā? Diṭṭhī hi tesampi tathā samattā, yathā itaresanti.
889 「我不说此为」这一偈的简略意思是:那些人两两相互指责对方为「愚者」,我决不会说他们所说是如实、真正的。何以故?因为他们各自将自己的见解执取为「唯此是真实,其余皆虚妄」,并由此原因而视他人为「愚者」。此处,有「真实的」和「宣说的」两种读法。显示巴利原文
889.Na vāhametanti gāthāya saṅkhepattho – yaṃ te mithu dve dve janā aññamaññaṃ ‘‘bālo’’ti āhu, ahaṃ etaṃ tathiyaṃ tacchanti neva brūmi. Kiṃkāraṇā? Yasmā sabbe te sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti akaṃsu. Tena ca kāraṇena paraṃ ‘‘bālo’’ti dahanti. Ettha ca ‘‘tathiya’’nti ‘‘kathiva’’nti dvepi pāṭhā.
890 “有人称说”(Yamāhū)是问颂,意思是:有些人称某种见解是真实、确实如此。显示巴利原文
890.Yamāhūti pucchāgāthāya yaṃ diṭṭhisaccaṃ tathiyanti eke āhu.
891 “唯一谛”是答颂,其中“唯一谛”指灭谛或道谛。“于中众生知而不诤”:若众生于此谛中彻底了知,便不会起争论。“各自称叹”:他们各自这样说。显示巴利原文
891.Ekañhi saccanti vissajjanagāthāya ekaṃ saccaṃ nirodho maggo vā. Yasmiṃ pajā no vivade pajānanti yamhi sacce pajānanto pajā no vivadeyya. Sayaṃ thunantīti attanā vadanti.
892 “何以故”是问颂。“诸论者”指那些持各种议论的人。“抑或他们随寻思而转?”:这些论者难道只是追随自己单纯的寻思吗?显示巴利原文
892.Kasmā nūti pucchāgāthāya pavādiyāseti vādino. Udāhu te takkamanussarantīti te vādino udāhu attano takkamattaṃ anugacchanti.
893 “决非如此”(Nahevā)这解答颂,意指仅仅除却凭心想而执为“常”等所执之外,更以寻思于诸见中加以构造(takkañca diṭṭhīsu pakappayitvā)——也就是仅凭自己邪思惟的力量,在诸见中生出种种见解。然而,由于在诸见中生起寻思时也就产生了诸见,因此注释中说“出生、广生诸恶见(diṭṭhigatāni janenti sañjanentīti)”等(《大义释》121)。显示巴利原文
893.Nahevāti vissajjanagāthāya aññatra saññāya niccānīti ṭhapetvā saññāmattena niccanti gahitaggahaṇāni. Takkañca diṭṭhīsu pakappayitvāti attano micchāsaṅkappamattaṃ diṭṭhīsu janetvā. Yasmā pana diṭṭhīsu vitakkaṃ janentā diṭṭhiyopi janenti, tasmā niddese vuttaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhigatāni janenti sañjanentī’’tiādi (mahāni. 121).
894-5 现在,为了显示在种种非真实之中,那些仅依寻思而转的邪见者的邪行,而宣说“于所见”(diṭṭhe sute)等偈颂。其中,“于所见”(diṭṭhe),是指于所见之物执以所见为清净;于所闻等,亦同此理。“依此而见净殿堂者”(ete ca nissāya vimānadassī):谓依止这些关于见的法,看到那自诩为清净果报、实则并非崇高殿堂的人。“立于思择而笑乐,称他愚者不善者”(vinicchaye ṭhatvā pahassamāno, bālo paro akkusaloti cāha):如此见到净殿堂的人,安住于对见的思择而自得笑乐,并声称:“他人乃是愚者、不善者。”由此引出了“依此”(yeneva)等偈颂。其中,“依己自”(sayamattanā),即仅凭自己。“毁己”(vimāneti),轻蔑、贬斥自己。“其语即”(tadeva pāvā),意为他所说的话语即是那种见解,或指那人本身。显示巴利原文
894-5. Idāni evaṃ nānāsaccesu asantesu takkamattamanussarantānaṃ diṭṭhigatikānaṃ vippaṭipattiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘diṭṭhe sute’’tiādikā gāthāyo abhāsi. Tattha diṭṭheti diṭṭhaṃ, diṭṭhasuddhinti adhippāyo. Esa nayo sutādīsu. Ete ca nissāya vimānadassīti ete diṭṭhidhamme nissayitvā suddhibhāvasaṅkhātaṃ vimānaṃ asammānaṃ passantopi. Vinicchaye ṭhatvā pahassamāno, bālo paro akkusaloti cāhāti evaṃ vimānadassīpi tasmiṃ diṭṭhivinicchaye ṭhatvā tuṭṭhijāto hāsajāto hutvā ‘‘paro hīno ca avidvā cā’’ti evaṃ vadatiyeva. Evaṃ sante yenevāti gāthā. Tattha sayamattanāti sayameva attānaṃ. Vimānetīti garahati. Tadeva pāvāti tadeva vacanaṃ diṭṭhiṃ vadati, taṃ vā puggalaṃ.
896 “以极自恃见”(Atisāradiṭṭhiyā)偈颂的含义是:他如此被那超越常相的极自恃见所充塞、膨胀,又因这种见慢而陶醉,心想“我是圆满者,我是一切知者”,如是自满之后,便在心中自行灌顶道:“我是智者。”何以故?因为在他的眼中,他的那个见解是如此的圆满。显示巴利原文
896.Atisāradiṭṭhiyāti gāthāyattho – so evaṃ tāya lakkhaṇātisāriniyā atisāradiṭṭhiyā samatto puṇṇo uddhumāto, tena ca diṭṭhimānena matto ‘‘paripuṇṇo ahaṃ kevalī’’ti evaṃ paripuṇṇamānī sayameva attānaṃ manasā ‘‘ahaṃ paṇḍito’’ti abhisiñcati. Kiṃkāraṇā? Diṭṭhī hi sā tassa tathā samattāti.
897 「若他人」(Parassa ce)偈颂的关联与含义——更有甚者,那个在判定中自鸣得意地说“他人是愚者、不善巧”的人,若因他人言语而被贬为下劣,他自己便成了下劣者;他自己成为劣慧者,对方也同样成为劣慧者,因为对方也称他为愚者。倘若他的话本不足道,他却自命为极智者、智者。如此,沙门之中便无有愚者,因为他们全都随己意自称智者。显示巴利原文
897.Parassa ceti gāthāya sambandho attho ca – kiñca bhiyyo? Yo so vinicchaye ṭhatvā pahassamāno ‘‘bālo paro akkusalo’’ti cāha. Tassa parassa ce hi vacasā so tena vuccamāno nihīno hoti. Tumo sahā hoti nihīnapañño, sopi teneva saha nihīnapañño hoti. Sopi hi naṃ ‘‘bālo’’ti vadati. Athassa vacanaṃ appamāṇaṃ, so pana sayameva vedagū ca dhīro ca hoti. Evaṃ sante na koci bālo samaṇesu atthi. Sabbepi hi te attano icchāya paṇḍitā.
898 「从此他说余法」(Aññaṃ ito)偈颂的关联与含义:虽然已说“若有人自己是极智者、智者,沙门中便无有愚者”,但可能仍有人会问“为何?”此处阐明:因为他们偏离正道,宣称除此(佛法)之外的法才是清净、唯一者,外道们便是如此各自言说的。凡是宣称除此以外的其他见解,凡是偏离而迷失于非清净、非唯一之道者,各个外道如此各自言说,即是此义。若问为何如此言说?因为这些人染著于自己的见贪。显示巴利原文
898.Aññaṃitoti gāthāya sambandho attho ca – ‘‘atha ce sayaṃ vedagū hoti dhīro, na koci bālo samaṇesu atthī’’ti evañhi vuttepi siyā kassaci ‘‘kasmā’’ti. Tattha vuccate – yasmā aññaṃ ito yābhivadanti dhammaṃ aparaddhā suddhimakevalī te, evampi titthiyā puthuso vadanti, ye ito aññaṃ diṭṭhiṃ abhivadanti, ye aparaddhā viraddhā suddhimaggaṃ, akevalino ca teti evaṃ puthutitthiyā yasmā vadantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Kasmā panevaṃ vadantīti ce? Sandiṭṭhirāgena hi te bhirattā, yasmā sakena diṭṭhirāgena abhirattāti vuttaṃ hoti.
899-900 他们既如此染著——“唯此清净”偈颂。其中,“于自宗”(sakāyane)指在自己的宗义中,即于自道作坚固宣称者,合称坚固论者。在这些坚固论者中,若有外道于自宗坚固宣称时,他能依正理将谁视为“愚者”呢?简而言之,在常见与断见之类中,或者广说为无因论、主宰因论、决定论等种种类别中,于自宗的立足处坚固宣称“唯此是真理”者,他能依正理将谁视为“恶见”(diṭṭhigate)中的“愚者”呢?难道不是依其见解,所有人都自然是智者、善行者吗?如此,他称他人为愚者、非清净法者,便自招诤论;而他人也说“这人是愚者、非清净法者”,同样自招诤论。何以故?因为依其见解,所有人都是智者、善行者。显示巴利原文
899-900. Evaṃ abhirattā ca – idheva suddhinti gāthā. Tattha sakāyaneti sakamagge daḷhaṃ vadānāti daḷhavādā. Evañca daḷhavādesu tesu yo koci titthiyo sakāyane vāpi daḷhaṃ vadāno kamettha bāloti paraṃ daheyya, saṅkhepato tattha sassatucchedasaṅkhāte vitthārato vā natthikaissarakāraṇaniyatādibhede sake āyatane ‘‘idameva sacca’’nti daḷhaṃ vadāno kaṃ paraṃ ettha diṭṭhigate ‘‘bālo’’ti saha dhammena passeyya, nanu sabbopi tassa matena paṇḍito eva suppaṭipanno eva ca. Evaṃ sante ca sayameva so medhagamāvaheyya paraṃ vadaṃ bālamasuddhidhammaṃ, sopi paraṃ ‘‘bālo ca asuddhidhammo ca aya’’nti vadanto attanāva kalahaṃ āvaheyya. Kasmā? Yasmā sabbopi tassa matena paṇḍito eva suppaṭipanno eva ca.
901 如是,于一切处依于裁决并自衡量已,他在世间增长诤论;立于己见,自衡量师等已,他更增诤论。然而,如此了知裁决中的过患,以圣道断除一切裁决,世间众生便不复造诤论——世尊以阿拉汉果为顶峰而结束开示。开示终了时,正如《根败经》所说,出现了相应的悟解。显示巴利原文
901. Evaṃ sabbathāpi vinicchaye ṭhatvā sayaṃ pamāya uddhaṃsa lokasmiṃ vivādameti, diṭṭhiyaṃ ṭhatvā sayañca satthārādīni minitvā so bhiyyo vivādametīti. Evaṃ pana vinicchayesu ādīnavaṃ ñatvā ariyamaggena hitvāna sabbāni vinicchayāni na medhagaṃ kubbati jantu loketi arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne purābhedasutte vuttasadiso evābhisamayo ahosīti.
13. 大诤经注释显示巴利原文
13. Mahābyūhasuttavaṇṇanā
902 “凡此诸”等——《大诤经》。其缘起为何?亦是在那大集会中,有诸天神心生此念:“这些依见而住者,唯得智者呵责,抑亦得称赞?”为明此义,依前所述,由化佛令世尊自问而后说出。其中,“他们随引”即是引来、一再地拿来。显示巴利原文
902.Yekecimeti mahābyūhasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Idampi tasmiṃyeva mahāsamaye ‘‘kiṃ nu kho ime diṭṭhiparibbasānā viññūnaṃ santikā nindameva labhanti, udāhu pasaṃsampī’’ti uppannacittānaṃ ekaccānaṃ devatānaṃ tamatthaṃ āvikātuṃ purimanayena nimmitabuddhena attānaṃ pucchāpetvā vuttaṃ. Tattha anvānayantīti anu ānayanti, punappunaṃ āharanti.
903 今者,因他们持见论者说“唯此为真”,他们于有时、某处亦获得称赞。彼称为称赞之论诤果,实为微小,不足以平息贪等;况复第二种呵责之果?是故,为显此义,世尊先说此答偈:“此实微小,不足以平息,我说诤论有两种果”等。其中,“诤论有两种果”谓呵责与称赞,或如胜败等同类者。“亦见此”者,即见“呵责诚不可意,称赞不足以息”,如是见于诤论果中之过患。“见安稳为无诤地”者,即视无诤之涅槃为安稳。显示巴利原文
903. Idāni yasmā te ‘‘idameva sacca’’nti vadantā diṭṭhigatikā vādino kadāci katthaci pasaṃsampi labhanti, yaṃ etaṃ pasaṃsāsaṅkhātaṃ vādaphalaṃ, taṃ appaṃ rāgādīnaṃ samāya samatthaṃ na hoti, ko pana vādo dutiye nindāphale, tasmā etamatthaṃ dassento imaṃ tāva vissajjanagāthamāha. ‘‘Appañhi etaṃ na alaṃ samāya, duve vivādassa phalāni brūmī’’tiādi. Tattha duve vivādassa phalānīti nindā pasaṃsā ca, jayaparājayādīni vā taṃsabhāgāni. Etampi disvāti ‘‘nindā aniṭṭhā eva, pasaṃsā nālaṃ samāyā’’ti etampi vivādaphale ādīnavaṃ disvā. Khemābhipassaṃ avivādabhūminti avivādabhūmiṃ nibbānaṃ ‘‘khema’’nti passamāno.
904 如此,无诤论者——“任何这些”那首偈颂。其中,「共许见」指诸邪见。「凡夫」指凡夫所生的。所谓“他应缘取什么”,从应亲近的角度来说,对于色等诸法中的任何一个法,他应缘取什么?或以什么因缘而缘取?“于所见所闻不形成忍可”,即不贪著由见闻等而执取的清净。显示巴利原文
904. Evañhi avivadamāno – yā kācimāti gāthā. Tattha sammutiyoti diṭṭhiyo. Puthujjāti puthujjanasambhavā. So upayaṃ kimeyyāti so upagantabbaṭṭhena upayaṃ rūpādīsu ekampi dhammaṃ kiṃ upeyya, kena vā kāraṇena upeyya. Diṭṭhe sute khantimakubbamānoti diṭṭhasutasuddhīsu pemaṃ akaronto.
905 外道之中——即“以戒为最上者”那首偈颂。其义为:某些认为“戒即最上”的人,以戒为最上,主张仅凭律仪自制便能获得清净,并受持象戒等誓愿而安住。基于这种见解,他们声称在此导师教导下有清净,他们是投生有、耽著有的。此外,他们被称为“善说者”,即自称“我们是善巧者”。显示巴利原文
905. Ito bāhirā pana – sīluttamāti gāthā. Tassattho – sīlaṃyeva ‘‘uttama’’nti maññamānā sīluttamā eke bhonto saṃyamamattena suddhiṃ vadanti, hatthivatādiñca vataṃ samādāya upaṭṭhitā, idheva diṭṭhiyaṃ assa satthuno suddhinti bhavūpanītā bhavajjhositā samānā vadanti, apica te kusalā vadānā ‘‘kusalā maya’’nti evaṃ vādā.
906 在那些以戒为最上者中,任何一位如是行道之人——即“如果退堕”那首偈颂。其义为:若他由这种戒与誓愿,或因渴望他人劝导,或因不能胜任而退堕,则于错过如此戒禁取等之业或福行等之业后,他便恐惧战栗。他不仅恐惧,还渴求、虚妄称说、期盼那种依戒禁取的清净。譬如有人失去商队而离家远行;正如离家远行、失去商队者会盼望家园或商队一样。显示巴利原文
906. Evaṃ sīluttamesu ca tesu tathā paṭipanno yo koci – sace cutoti gāthā. Tassattho – sace tato sīlavatato paravicchandanena vā anabhisambhuṇanto vā cuto hoti, so taṃ sīlabbatādikammaṃ puññābhisaṅkhārādikammaṃ vā virādhayitvā pavedhatī. Na kevalañca vedhati, apica kho taṃ sīlabbatasuddhiṃ pajappatī ca vippalapati patthayatī ca. Kimiva? Satthāva hīno pavasaṃ gharamhā. Gharamhā pavasanto satthato hīno yathā taṃ gharaṃ vā satthaṃ vā pattheyyāti.
907 而圣弟子对于这些以戒为最上者所畏惧的缘由——即“已舍断一切戒禁取”的偈颂。其中,“有过失与无过失”指一切不善与世间的善。“不希求这种清净与不清净”,是指不希求以五种欲等为分类的清净,也不希求以不善等为分类的不清净。“应离系而行”,是说对于清净和不清净应当远离而住。“不执取寂静”,即不执取邪见。显示巴利原文
907. Evaṃ pana sīluttamānaṃ vedhakāraṇaṃ ariyasāvako – sīlabbataṃ vāpi pahāya sabbanti gāthā. Tattha sāvajjanavajjanti sabbākusalaṃ lokiyakusalañca. Etaṃ suddhiṃ asuddhinti apatthayānoti pañcakāmaguṇādibhedaṃ etaṃ suddhiṃ, akusalādibhedaṃ asuddhiñca apatthayamāno. Virato careti suddhiyā asuddhiyā ca virato careyya. Santimanuggahāyāti diṭṭhiṃ agahetvā.
908 如此,展示了外道中那些依律仪而说清净的“以戒为最上者”的过患,以及舍断戒禁取者与阿拉汉的修行之后,现在为了显示其余外道清净论者,而说出“依止彼”那首偈颂。它的意思是:某些沙门、婆罗门依止于自苦行、无间苦行,或者依止于见清净等种种中的某一种,又或者因持无作业见而成为向上奔逸者,他们在诸有中尚未离渴爱,却宣称、谈论清净。显示巴利原文
908. Evaṃ ito bāhirake sīluttame saṃyamena visuddhivāde tesaṃ vighātaṃ sīlabbatappahāyino arahato ca paṭipattiṃ dassetvā idāni aññathāpi suddhivāde bāhirake dassento ‘‘tamūpanissāyā’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – santaññepi samaṇabrāhmaṇā, te jigucchitaṃ amarantapaṃ vā diṭṭhasuddhiādīsu vā aññataraññataraṃ upanissāya akiriyadiṭṭhiyā vā uddhaṃsarā hutvā bhavābhavesu avītataṇhāsesuddhimanutthunanti vadanti kathentīti.
909 这样,对于这些未离渴爱却宣称、谈论清净的人,即便有人自以为已证得清净,但由于他尚未离渴爱,在诸有中仍对种种对象有所希求,他的虚妄诉说便会一再发生——这是偈颂的意旨。因为反复亲近渴爱,只会令渴爱增长。不仅虚妄的诉说如此,在他以渴爱与邪见所构想的事物中,也会有畏惧动摇——这就是所说的意思。然而,若于诸有中已离渴爱,则于他而言,这里既没有未来的死与结生,他又如何能因自身的状态而畏惧动摇,又如何能虚妄诉说?这是此偈颂的关联。其余内容,与《义释》中所说相同。显示巴利原文
909. Evaṃ tesaṃ avītataṇhānaṃ suddhiṃ anutthunantānaṃ yopi suddhippattameva attānaṃ maññeyya, tassapi avītataṇhattā bhavābhavesu taṃ taṃ vatthuṃ patthayamānassa hi jappitāni punappunaṃ hontiyevāti adhippāyo. Taṇhā hi āsevitā taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhayateva. Na kevalañca jappitāni, pavedhitaṃ vāpi pakappitesu, taṇhādiṭṭhīhi cassa pakappitesu vatthūsu pavedhitampi hotīti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhavābhavesu pana vītataṇhattā āyatiṃ cutūpapāto idha yassa natthi, sakena vedheyya kuhiṃva jappeti ayametissā gāthāya sambandho. Sesaṃ niddese vuttanayameva.
910-11 “他们说”是提问偈。在此,由于这些说法中无一真实,他们仅仅是依凭些许邪见而说,故为彰显此义,先说此答偈:“自己的……”。其中,“共许见”即指邪见。显示巴利原文
910-11.Yamāhūti pucchāgāthā. Idāni yasmā ekopi ettha vādo sacco natthi, kevalaṃ diṭṭhimattakena hi te vadanti, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘sakañhī’’ti imaṃ tāva vissajjanagāthamāha. Tattha sammutinti diṭṭhiṃ.
912 如此,这些人各自宣称自己的法为圆满,又称他人的法为“低劣”。对于其中任何人,则有“若因毁谤贬损他人……”一偈。其意为:若因贬损他人的缘故便成为低劣,那么在诸法中,便无有任何殊胜、可称最上者。何以故?因众人悉皆低劣地论说他法,而他们全都坚执己见,皆为各自法门的坚定主张者。显示巴利原文
912. Evametesu sakaṃ dhammaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ bruvantesu aññassa pana dhammaṃ ‘‘hīna’’nti vadantesu yassa kassaci – parassa ce vambhayitena hīnoti gāthā. Tassattho – yadi parassa ninditakāraṇā hīno bhaveyya, na koci dhammesu visesi aggo bhaveyya. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Puthū hiaññassa vadanti dhammaṃ, nihīnato sabbeva te samhi daḷhaṃ vadānā sakadhamme daḷhavādā eva.
913 再者,“正法供养”一偈。其意为:那些外道,如其赞叹己之传承一般,对正法的供养也是如此而行。他们对师长等行至极尊崇。若以此为量,则如此一切言说皆成真实。何以故?因为他们的清净唯是各自内在所证,此清净不于他处成就,亦非于究竟义上成就。对于那些须依他人引导方能判断者,那只是在自心中执取一种见解罢了。显示巴利原文
913. Kiñca bhiyyo – saddhammapūjāti gāthā. Tassattho – te ca titthiyā yathā pasaṃsanti sakāyanāni, saddhammapūjāpi nesaṃ tatheva vattati. Te hi ativiya satthārādīni sakkaronti. Tattha yadi te pamāṇā siyuṃ, evaṃ sante sabbeva vādā tathiyā bhaveyyuṃ. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Suddhī hi nesaṃ paccattameva, na sā aññatra sijjhati, nāpi paramatthato. Attani diṭṭhigāhamattameva hi taṃ tesaṃ parapaccayaneyyabuddhīnaṃ.
914 然而,若某婆罗门因已去除诸恶而成为婆罗门,则有此偈:“婆罗门无需他人引导”。其义为:这位婆罗门由于依“一切行无常”等法理而善见,故无有需由他人引导的智慧;在诸见法中,亦未执取“唯此真实”的固持。因此,他超越了关于见的种种争论,并且除了依念处等之外,不以最胜者的角度看待其他法。显示巴利原文
914. Yo vā pana viparīto bāhitapāpattā brāhmaṇo, tassa – na brāhmaṇassa paraneyyamatthīti gāthā. Tassattho – brāhmaṇassa hi ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’tiādinā (dha. pa. 277; netti. 5) nayena sudiṭṭhattā parena netabbaṃ ñāṇaṃ natthi, diṭṭhidhammesu ‘‘idameva sacca’’nti nicchinitvā samuggahītampi natthi. Taṃkāraṇā so diṭṭhikalahāni atīto, na ca so seṭṭhato passati dhammamaññaṃ aññatra satipaṭṭhānādīhi.
915 关于“Jānāmīti”偈颂的关联与含义:如此,究竟义上的婆罗门并不从最胜的角度观见其他法;然而,诸外道借由了知他心等能力,虽知、见并说“我知道,我看见,这即是真实”,却也仅依见而认同清净。为什么呢?因为在那些外道中,即使有人以他心智等如实见了,依靠那种见又能成就什么呢?是成就了苦的遍知,还是集断等中的某一种?正因为如此,那些外道背离了圣道,各以别的方式说清净;或者说,佛陀等超越了那些外道,以别的方式说清净。显示巴利原文
915.Jānāmīti gāthāya sambandho attho ca – evaṃ tāva paramatthabrāhmaṇo na hi seṭṭhato passati dhammamaññaṃ, aññe pana titthiyā paracittañāṇādīhi jānantā passantāpi ‘‘jānāmi passāmi tatheva eta’’nti evaṃ vadantāpi ca diṭṭhiyā suddhiṃ paccenti. Kasmā? Yasmā tesu ekopi addakkhi ce addasa cepi tena paracittañāṇādinā yathābhūtaṃ atthaṃ, kiñhi tumassa tena tassa tena dassanena kiṃ kataṃ, kiṃ dukkhapariññā sādhitā, udāhu samudayapahānādīnaṃ aññataraṃ, yato sabbathāpi atikkamitvā ariyamaggaṃ te titthiyā aññeneva vadanti suddhiṃ, atikkamitvā vā te titthiye buddhādayo aññeneva vadanti suddhinti.
916 关于“Passaṃ naro”偈颂的关联与含义。进而言之,那个以他心智等看见的人,即那位正在观看的“观看之人”,会看见名色,而不是在看见之后以常或乐的方式认知那些名色,或以其他方式。当他这样观看时,即使他随其所欲见到许多或少许名色,并将其视为常和乐,然而,善巧者们并不依这种见而说清净。显示巴利原文
916.Passaṃ naroti gāthāya sambandho attho ca. Kiñca bhiyyo? Yvāyaṃ paracittañāṇādīhi addakkhi, so passaṃ naro dakkhati nāmarūpaṃ, na tato paraṃ disvāna vā ñassati tānimeva nāmarūpāni niccato sukhato vā na aññathā. So evaṃ passanto kāmaṃ bahuṃ passatu appakaṃ vā nāmarūpaṃ niccato sukhato ca, athassa evarūpena dassanena na hi tena suddhiṃ kusalā vadantīti.
917 关于“固执己见者”一偈的关联与含义:当那种见本身并无清净时,有人却宣称“我知道,我看见,这确实如此”——他便是固执己见者;或者,缘于那种见,认为通过此见能获得清净,而执取“唯有这是真实的”——他也是固执己见者。这样的人并不容易善加引导,他尊崇并先行执取那种被构想、被构造出来的见。由于他依附于某位师长等,便只在那里称说善妙、称说清净;他自认为是“清净的宣说者”或“清净的见者”,就在那里如此看见——在那里,他见到的是自见的不颠倒。如其见如何现起,他便如是见到它,而无意愿以其他方式看待——这是其中的意趣。显示巴利原文
917.Nivissavādīti gāthāya sambandho attho ca – tena ca dassanena suddhiyā asatiyāpi yo ‘‘jānāmi passāmi tatheva eta’’nti evaṃ nivissavādī, etaṃ vā dassanaṃ paṭicca diṭṭhiyā suddhiṃ paccento ‘‘idameva sacca’’nti evaṃ nivissavādī, so subbinayo na hoti taṃ tathā pakappitaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ diṭṭhiṃ purekkharāno. So hi yaṃ satthārādiṃ nissito, tattheva subhaṃ vadāno suddhiṃ vado, ‘‘parisuddhavādo parisuddhadassano vā aha’’nti attānaṃ maññamāno tattha tathaddasā so, tattha sakāya diṭṭhiyā aviparītameva so addasa. Yathā sā diṭṭhi pavattati, tatheva naṃ addasa, na aññathā passituṃ icchatīti adhippāyo.
918 在那些尊崇并先行执取如此构想之见的外道当中,有偈颂云:“婆罗门不以思量靠近虚妄”。其中,“saṅkhā”是指通过思量,即已经了知的意思。“不以智为亲族”,是指并非以等至智等所造作出的、与渴爱和诸见为亲族的人。在此,词句分析为:他没有任何由智所造的亲族,因此是“不以智为亲族”。“诸共识”是指种种见的共识。“凡俗者”意指从凡夫性所生起的。“他们认取所执”——有些人认取那些共识,而另一些人也同样地执取那些共识——这是所表达的意义。显示巴利原文
918. Evaṃ pakappitaṃ diṭṭhiṃ purekkharānesu titthiyesu – na brāhmaṇo kappamupeti saṅkhāti gāthā. Tattha saṅkhāti saṅkhāya, jānitvāti attho. Napi ñāṇabandhūti samāpattiñāṇādinā akatataṇhādiṭṭhibandhu. Tattha viggaho – nāpi assa ñāṇena kato bandhu atthīti napi ñāṇabandhu. Sammutiyoti diṭṭhisammutiyo. Puthujjāti puthujjanasambhavā. Uggahaṇanti maññeti uggahaṇanti aññe, aññe tā sammutiyo uggaṇhantīti vuttaṃ hoti.
919 更有进者,有偈颂云:“松解诸结缚”。其中,“无执”指远离执取。他没有那种执取,所以称为无执者;或者,他不去执取,因此是无执。显示巴利原文
919. Kiñca bhiyyo – vissajja ganthānīti gāthā. Tattha anuggahoti uggahaṇavirahito, sopi nāssa uggahoti anuggaho, na vā uggaṇhātīti anuggaho.
920 更进一步,对于这样的他——有偈颂道:“前漏者”。其中,“前漏”指缘于过去色等而生起的那些烦恼法。“新”指缘于现在色等而生起的那些法。“不随欲行”指不依贪欲等而行。“不自责者”指不因已作或未作之事而责备自己。显示巴利原文
920. Kiñca bhiyyo – so evarūpo – pubbāsaveti gāthā. Tattha pubbāsaveti atītarūpādīni ārabbha uppajjamānadhamme kilese. Naveti paccuppannarūpādīni ārabbha uppajjamānadhamme. Na chandagūti chandādivasena na gacchati. Anattagarahīti katākatavasena attānaṃ agarahanto.
921 如此,“不自责者”——有偈颂云:“他于一切法中”。其中,“一切法中”即于六十二见所涉的一切法中,诸如“所见的一切”等种种分类之法。“卸下重担者”指已放下重担之人。“不构造者”指不构造两种“劫”的人,即不作两种构造之义。“非近离”指不像凡夫善行者及有学那样,具有离染的成就。“无欲求者”指无渴爱之人,因为渴爱被称为欲求,他没有那样的欲求,故名“无欲求者”。其余各处,义理在相关处所已明了清晰,故不赘述。如此,世尊以阿拉汉果为终极,圆满结束了这次开示。开示结束时,证悟的情形正如《坏前经》中所说。显示巴利原文
921. Evaṃ anattagarahī ca – sa sabbadhammesūti gāthā. Tattha sabbadhammesūti dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhidhammesu ‘‘yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ vā’’ti evaṃpabhedesu. Pannabhāroti patitabhāro. Na kappetīti na kappiyo, duvidhampi kappaṃ na karotīti attho. Nūparatoti puthujjanakalyāṇakasekkhā viya uparatisamaṅgīpi na hoti. Na patthiyoti nittaṇho. Taṇhā hi patthiyatīti patthiyā, nāssa patthiyāti na patthiyoti. Sesaṃ tattha tattha pākaṭamevāti na vuttaṃ. Evaṃ arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi, desanāpariyosāne purābhedasutte vuttasadiso evābhisamayo ahosīti.
第十四《迅速经》释义。显示巴利原文
14. Tuvaṭakasuttavaṇṇanā
922 “我要问”——此即《迅速经》。它的缘起如何?同样在那次大集会中,有些天神心中生起了“证得阿拉汉果的修行之道是什么?”的疑问,为了向他们阐明其义,便依照先前的方式,由化现的佛陀让自身被提问后,宣说了此经。显示巴利原文
922.Pucchāmitanti tuvaṭakasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Idampi tasmiṃyeva mahāsamaye ‘‘kā nu kho arahattappattiyā paṭipattī’’ti uppannacittānaṃ ekaccānaṃ devatānaṃ tamatthaṃ pakāsetuṃ purimanayeneva nimmitabuddhena attānaṃ pucchāpetvā vuttaṃ.
其中,于最初的偈颂里,「我要问」是通过阐明未见等方式来分析「问」。「日种亲戚」指太阳种姓的亲属。「远离与寂静道」即远离和寂静之道。「如何见」是以何因缘而见,意思是成为怎样的现见者。显示巴利原文
Tattha ādigāthāya tāva pucchāmīti ettha adiṭṭhajotanādivasena pucchā vibhajitā. Ādiccabandhunti ādiccassa gottabandhuṃ. Vivekaṃ santipadañcāti vivekañca santipadañca. Kathaṃ disvāti kena kāraṇena disvā, kathaṃ pavattadassano hutvāti vuttaṃ hoti.
923 于是,世尊因为:一个人怎样照见便怎样制伏烦恼,成为这样的照见者后便般涅槃;为阐明此义,并以种种方式策励那些天众断除烦恼,便从「了知戏论之根……」开始,宣说了五首偈颂。显示巴利原文
923. Atha bhagavā yasmā yathā passanto kilese uparundhati, tathā pavattadassano hutvā parinibbāti, tasmā tamatthaṃ āvikaronto nānappakārena taṃ devaparisaṃ kilesappahāne niyojento ‘‘mūlaṃ papañcasaṅkhāyā’’ti ārabhitvā pañca gāthā abhāsi.
在此,第一首偈颂的简要意思是:「戏论」因被了知而称为「戏论」,戏论本身即是「戏论之了知」。它以无明等烦恼为根源。对于那作为「戏论之了知」根源的(无明等烦恼),以及所生起的「我是」等一切,都应以智慧加以制伏。对于任何可能内在生起的渴爱,为调伏它们,应当恒常具念修学,即令正念现前而修学。显示巴利原文
Tattha ādigāthāya tāva saṅkhepattho – papañcāti saṅkhātattā papañcā eva papañcasaṅkhā. Tassā avijjādayo kilesā mūlaṃ, taṃ papañcasaṅkhāya mūlaṃ asmīti pavattamānañca sabbaṃ mantāya uparundhe. Yā kāci ajjhattaṃ taṇhā upajjeyyuṃ, tāsaṃ vinayā sadā sato sikkhe upaṭṭhitassati hutvā sikkheyyāti.
924 如此,第一首偈颂已以阿拉汉果为顶峰,开示了与三学相应的教法。现在,为依断慢而开示,又宣说了“若某些……”这一偈颂。其中,“若于内知任何法”意思是:若知道自身高等种姓等任何功德;或者“于外”意思是:或于外知道师长、亲教师的功德。“不应以此而固执”意即:不因这些功德而生起骄慢。显示巴利原文
924. Evaṃ tāva paṭhamagāthāya eva tisikkhāyuttaṃ desanaṃ arahattanikūṭena desetvā puna mānappahānavasena desetuṃ ‘‘yaṃ kiñcī’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha yaṃ kiñci dhammamabhijaññā ajjhattanti yaṃ kiñci uccākulīnatādikaṃ attano guṇaṃ jāneyya atha vāpi bahiddhāti atha vā bahiddhāpi ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ vā guṇaṃ jāneyya. Na tena thāmaṃ kubbethāti tena guṇena thāmaṃ na kareyya.
925 现在,为了显示不应如此而行的法则,便宣说了“不应以此……”的偈颂。其含义为:不应因那种慢而认为“我是优胜者”、“我是低劣者”或“我是相等者”;也不应因出身高贵等种种功德,而执取于“我以高等种姓出家”等分别自我,并耽着不舍。显示巴利原文
925. Idānissa akaraṇavidhiṃ dassento ‘‘seyyo na tenā’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – tena ca mānena ‘‘seyyoha’’nti vā ‘‘nīcoha’’nti vā ‘‘sarikkhoha’’nti vāpi na maññeyya, tehi ca uccākulīnatādīhi guṇehi phuṭṭho anekarūpehi ‘‘ahaṃ uccākulā pabbajito’’tiādinā nayena attānaṃ vikappento na tiṭṭheyya.
926 如此依断慢而宣说之后,现在为依一切烦恼止息而宣说,所以宣说了“唯于内”的偈颂。其中,“唯于内已安静”是指只在自己的内心令贪等一切烦恼止息。“比丘不从余求寂灭”意谓:除身念处等方法外,不从其他方便寻求寂灭。“何有已舍”是说:哪里还有什么已舍的呢?(意为无所可舍。)显示巴利原文
926. Evaṃ mānappahānavasenapi desetvā idāni sabbakilesūpasamavasenapi desetuṃ ‘‘ajjhattamevā’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha ajjhattamevupasameti attani eva rāgādisabbakilese upasameyya. Na aññato bhikkhu santimeseyyāti ṭhapetvā ca satipaṭṭhānādīni aññena upāyena santiṃ na pariyeseyya. Kuto nirattā vāti nirattā kuto eva.
927 现在,为显示内在寂止的诸漏尽者那种“同样如此”的状态,宣说了“如于中央……”的偈颂。其意为:犹如大海的上层与下层之间,或山脉之间的中央,那片宽达四千由旬的海域中,大海不起波浪,安住不动、毫无动摇;同样,无有躁动的诸漏尽者,在利养等境界中安住时,也应如此不动。这样的比丘,在任何地方都不会让贪等烦恼增长强盛。显示巴利原文
927. Idāni ajjhattaṃ upasantassa khīṇāsavassa tādibhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘majjhe yathā’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – yathā mahāsamuddassa uparimaheṭṭhimabhāgānaṃ vemajjhasaṅkhāte catuyojanasahassappamāṇe majjhe pabbatantare ṭhitassa vā majjhe samuddassa ūmi na jāyati, ṭhitova so hoti avikampamāno, evaṃ anejo khīṇāsavo lābhādīsu ṭhito assa avikampamāno, so tādiso rāgādiussadaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñcīti.
928 现在,他随喜这以阿拉汉果为顶点的法教,并为请问证得阿拉汉果的初始行道,由所化现的佛陀宣说了“宣说……”偈颂。其中,“宣说”意为已讲说。“具开显眼者”意为具备五种开敞无碍的眼。“亲证法”意为以己证智所了知、现量亲证的法。“诸障难之调伏”意为调伏种种障难。“请说行道”意为请说修行的道路。“贤者!”是对世尊的称唤,意为“愿您吉祥”;或可理解为“请说您那美好、善妙的行道”。“巴帝摩卡,还是定?”这是将那同一条行道分开来问。用“行道”一词是在问道路,用其余二词是问戒与定。显示巴利原文
928. Idāni etaṃ arahattanikūṭena desitaṃ dhammadesanaṃ abbhanumodanto tassa ca arahattassa ādipaṭipadaṃ pucchanto nimmitabuddho ‘‘akittayī’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha akittayīti ācikkhi. Vivaṭacakkhūti vivaṭehi anāvaraṇehi pañcahi cakkhūhi samannāgato. Sakkhidhammanti sayaṃ abhiññātaṃ attapaccakkhaṃ dhammaṃ. Parissayavinayanti parissayavinayanaṃ. Paṭipadaṃ vadehīti idāni paṭipattiṃ vadehi. Bhaddanteti ‘‘bhaddaṃ tava atthū’’ti bhagavantaṃ ālapanto āha. Atha vā bhaddaṃ sundaraṃ tava paṭipadaṃ vadehīti vuttaṃ hoti. Pātimokkhaṃ atha vāpi samādhinti tameva paṭipadaṃ bhinditvā pucchati. Paṭipadanti etena vā maggaṃ pucchati. Itarehi sīlaṃ samādhiñca pucchati.
929-30 于是,因为根律仪能护戒,或因为这样次第宣说适合那些天神,世尊便从根律仪开始显示行道,宣说了“以眼……”等偈颂。其中,“以眼不应放逸”意为:于所不见、所应见等,不应让眼根放逸。“应遮闭耳于村野之论”意为:应收闭耳朵,不听畜生论等闲谈。“由触”指由疾病等带来的苦触。“不应愿求有”意为:为消除那苦触,不应希求欲有等存在。“于诸恐怖不应战栗”意为:对成为苦触之缘的狮子、老虎等恐怖事物,不应战栗;或在其余鼻根、意根的所缘中,亦不应摇动。由此,已宣说圆满的根律仪。或可说,前几句显示根律仪后,此句显示“居于林野者,见闻恐怖不应战栗”。显示巴利原文
929-30. Athassa bhagavā yasmā indriyasaṃvaro sīlassa rakkhā , yasmā vā iminā anukkamena desiyamānā ayaṃ desanā tāsaṃ devatānaṃ sappāyā, tasmā indriyasaṃvarato pabhuti paṭipadaṃ dassento ‘‘cakkhūhī’’tiādimāraddho. Tattha cakkhūhi neva lolassāti adiṭṭhadakkhitabbādivasena cakkhūhi lolo nevassa. Gāmakathāya āvaraye sotanti tiracchānakathāto sotaṃ āvareyya. Phassenāti rogaphassena. Bhavañcanābhijappeyyāti tassa phassassa vinodanatthāya kāmabhavādibhavañca na pattheyya. Bheravesu ca na sampavedheyyāti tassa phassassa paccayabhūtesu sīhabyagghādīsu bheravesu ca na sampavedheyya, avasesesu vā ghānindriyamanindriyavisayesu nappavedheyya. Evaṃ paripūro indriyasaṃvaro vutto hoti. Purimehi vā indriyasaṃvaraṃ dassetvā iminā ‘‘araññe vasatā bheravaṃ disvā vā sutvā vā na vedhitabba’’nti dasseti.
931 得到后不应储藏:对于食物等,以如法方式得到的任何物品,应当思惟“住在林野静处之人常难获得”,而不应加以储藏。显示巴利原文
931.Laddhā na sannidhiṃ kayirāti etesaṃ annādīnaṃ yaṃkiñci dhammena labhitvā ‘‘araññe ca senāsane vasatā sadā dullabha’’nti cintetvā sannidhiṃ na kareyya.
932 “乐于禅那者不应游荡”:应乐于禅那,且不应游走不定。“应远离追悔,不应放逸”:应去除手的追悔等追悔之心。在此,由于行事严谨,故而不应放逸。显示巴利原文
932.Jhāyīna pādalolassāti jhānābhirato ca na pādalolo assa. Virame kukkuccā nappamajjeyyāti hatthakukkuccādikukkuccaṃ vinodeyya. Sakkaccakāritāya cettha nappamajjeyya.
933 “懈怠”是指懒惰。“伪诈”是指欺骗。“嬉笑”是指笑闹。“游戏”是指身心的嬉玩。“带有装饰”即连同装饰品。显示巴利原文
933.Tandiṃ māyaṃ hassaṃ khiḍḍanti ālasiyañca māyañca hassañca kāyikacetasikakhiḍḍañca. Savibhūsanti saddhiṃ vibhūsāya.
934-7 「阿闼婆那」即运用阿闼婆咒术。「梦」即解梦之学。「相」指宝石纹路等。「不应行持」即不应用。「兽声」指鹿等动物的叫声。「离间语」即离间之语。「买卖」指不应与五种同法者一起,以欺诈方式或为求利润而进行交易。「比丘不应招致责怪」即不令招致责怪的烦恼生起,也不让其余沙门与婆罗门来责怪自己。「于村落不应迷恋」指不应以在家人交际等方式黏着于村落。「不应为了利得而与人交谈」即怀着贪财之心,便不应与人说话。「相应」指与衣服等物相应,或为了那样的目的而施用。显示巴利原文
934-7.Āthabbaṇanti āthabbaṇikamantappayogaṃ. Supinanti supinasatthaṃ. Lakkhaṇanti maṇilakkhaṇādiṃ. No vidaheti nappayojeyya. Virutanti migādīnaṃ vassitaṃ. Pesuṇiyanti pesuññaṃ. Kayavikkayeti pañcahi sahadhammikehi saddhiṃ vañcanāvasena vā udayapatthanāvasena vā na tiṭṭheyya. Upavādaṃ bhikkhu na kareyyāti upavādakare kilese anibbattento attani parehi samaṇabrāhmaṇehi upavādaṃ na janeyya. Gāme ca nābhisajjeyyāti gāme ca gihisaṃsaggādīhi nābhisajjeyya. Lābhakamyā janaṃ na lapayeyyāti lābhakāmatāya janaṃ nālapayeyya. Payuttanti cīvarādīhi sampayuttaṃ , tadatthaṃ vā payojitaṃ.
938-9 「不应被妄语所引导」即不应随顺妄语。「以命」指以谋生方式。如果自己被激怒、为他人所触恼,听到那些沙门、刹帝利等各种人或凡夫说许多不可意的话后,「不应反驳」即不应回嘴。什么缘故呢?因为寂静之人不会反唇相讥。显示巴利原文
938-9.Mosavajje na nīyethāti musāvāde na nīyetha. Jīvitenāti jīvikāya. Sutvā rusito bahuṃ vācaṃ, samaṇānaṃ vā puthujanānanti rusito ghaṭṭito parehi tesa samaṇānaṃ vā khattiyādibhedānaṃ vā aññesaṃ puthujanānaṃ bahumpi aniṭṭhavācaṃ sutvā. Na paṭivajjāti na paṭivadeyya. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Na hi santo paṭisenikaronti.
940 「了知此法」即了知以上所说的一切法。「观察」指正在观察与思择。「寂静即是寂灭」:了知贪等烦恼的止息即是寂静。显示巴利原文
940.Etañca dhammamaññāyāti sabbametaṃ yathāvuttaṃ dhammaṃ ñatvā. Vicinanti vicinanto. Santīti nibbutiṃ ñatvāti nibbutiṃ rāgādīnaṃ santīti ñatvā.
941 若问为何不应放逸,即由“阿毗浮”这首偈颂作答。其中,“阿毗浮”是指能征服色等对象的征服者。“不被征服”指不被那些对象所征服。“亲证法、非传闻、得见”意为自己亲眼见法,而非依靠传闻。“常礼敬随学”指常常礼敬并修学戒、定、慧三学。其余各处,义已显明。显示巴利原文
941. Kiṃkāraṇā nappamajjeiti ce – abhibhū hi soti gāthā. Tattha abhibhūti rūpādīnaṃ abhibhavitā. Anabhibhūtoti tehi anabhibhūto. Sakkhidhammamanītihamadassīti paccakkhameva anītihaṃ dhammamaddakkhi. Sadā namassamanusikkheti sadā namassanto tisso sikkhāyo sikkheyya. Sesaṃ sabbattha pākaṭameva.
就此经而言,以“不以眼而浮荡”等句开示了根律仪;以“食物及饮品”等句,借由遮止储藏食物而开示资具受用戒;以淫欲、妄语、离间语等开示了巴帝摩卡律仪戒;以“阿闼婆那、梦、相”等开示了活命遍净戒;以“应乐于禅那”一句开示了定;以“观察之比丘”一句开示了慧;以“常具念,应学”一句,再次简要开示三学;以“在坐卧处,比丘应住在少声之处,不应多睡”等,宣说了对戒定慧有裨益、有损害的各种情况,以及应当摄受和遣除的方面。如是,世尊为那位应受教化的比丘开示了圆满的修行道,最终以阿拉汉果为顶而结束教授。教法终了时,证悟的情形正如《破束经》中所说。显示巴利原文
Kevalaṃ pana ettha ‘‘cakkhūhi neva lolo’’tiādīhi indriyasaṃvaro, ‘‘annānamatho pānāna’’ntiādīhi sannidhipaṭikkhepamukhena paccayapaṭisevanasīlaṃ, methunamosavajjapesuṇiyādīhi pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ, ‘‘āthabbaṇaṃ supinaṃ lakkhaṇa’’ntiādīhi ājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ, ‘‘jhāyī assā’’ti iminā samādhi, ‘‘vicinaṃ bhikkhū’’ti iminā paññā, ‘‘sadā sato sikkhe’’ti iminā puna saṅkhepato tissopi sikkhā, ‘‘atha āsanesu sayanesu, appasaddesu bhikkhu vihareyya, niddaṃ na bahulīkareyyā’’tiādīhi sīlasamādhipaññānaṃ upakārāpakārasaṅgaṇhanavinodanāni vuttānīti. Evaṃ bhagavā nimmitassa paripuṇṇapaṭipadaṃ vatvā arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi, desanāpariyosāne purābhedasutte vuttasadisoyevābhisamayo ahosīti.
15. 《执杖经》注疏显示巴利原文
15. Attadaṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā
942 “执杖之怖畏生”所指为《执杖经》。其缘起为何?在《正当游行经》的缘起中说,释迦族与拘利族因水而起争执。世尊得知后心想:“亲族相争,我当制止。”便站于两军之间,宣说了此经。显示巴利原文
942.Attadaṇḍābhayaṃ jātanti attadaṇḍasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Yo so sammāparibbājanīyasuttassa uppattiyaṃ vuccamānāya sākiyakoliyānaṃ udakaṃ paṭicca kalaho vaṇṇito, taṃ ñatvā bhagavā ‘‘ñātakā kalahaṃ karonti, handa ne vāressāmī’’ti dvinnaṃ senānaṃ majjhe ṭhatvā imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
第一首偈颂的义理是:世间生起的怖畏,无论是现法的还是来世的,这一切怖畏都源自“执杖”——即由自己的恶行所生。即便如此,请看看这些争斗之人,请看看这些释迦族等,如何互相伤害、互相恼害。世尊如此斥责了那些彼此敌对、行为乖违的人之后,为显示自己的正行令他们生起悚惧,便说:“我将宣说悚惧,正如我过去所感受。”意即:此悚惧正是往昔身为菩萨时所感受的。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭhamagāthāyattho – yaṃ lokassa diṭṭhadhammikaṃ vā samparāyikaṃ vā bhayaṃ jātaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ attadaṇḍā bhayaṃ jātaṃ attano duccaritakāraṇā jātaṃ, evaṃ santepi janaṃ passatha medhagaṃ, imaṃ sākiyādijanaṃ passatha aññamaññaṃ medhagaṃ hiṃsakaṃ bādhakanti. Evaṃ taṃ paṭiviruddhaṃ vippaṭipannaṃ janaṃ paribhāsitvā attano sammāpaṭipattidassanena tassa saṃvegaṃ janetuṃ āha ‘‘saṃvegaṃ kittayissāmi, yathā saṃvijitaṃ mayā’’ti, pubbe bodhisatteneva satāti adhippāyo.
943 现在,为显示他所感受的情形,便说出“颤动的”等偈颂。其中,“颤动的”指被渴爱等所动摇。“少水”指水很少。“见彼此对立”指见到各种众生互相敌对。“怖畏侵入于我”指怖畏进到了我心中。显示巴利原文
943. Idāni yathānena saṃvijitaṃ, taṃ pakāraṃ dassento ‘‘phandamāna’’ntiādimāha. Tattha phandamānanti taṇhādīhi kampamānaṃ. Appodaketi appaudake. Aññamaññehi byāruddhe disvāti nānāsatte ca aññamaññehi saddhiṃ viruddhe disvā. Maṃ bhayamāvisīti maṃ bhayaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ.
944 接着解释偈颂:“一切周围世间无坚实”:指从地狱开始,整个周遭世间皆无坚实,缺乏恒常坚固等性。“一切方向皆动摇”:指由于无常,一切方向都在动摇。“求自我之住所”:指寻求自己的庇护之处。“不见不被栖居之处”:指不见有任何地方不被衰老等所侵入。显示巴利原文
944.Samantamasāro lokoti nirayaṃ ādiṃ katvā samantato loko asāro niccasārādirahito. Disā sabbā sameritāti sabbā disā aniccatāya kampitā. Icchaṃ bhavanamattanoti attano tāṇaṃ icchanto. Nāddasāsiṃ anositanti kiñci ṭhānaṃ jarādīhi anajjhāvutthaṃ nāddakkhiṃ.
945 “于终了处见对立,我见已,生起不乐”:是指在青春等终了之时——也就是到达终点、彻底毁灭之际,看见众生被衰老等所对立,内心受到打击,我便生起不乐。“然而此处有刺”:是说在这些众生之中,存在着贪欲等的刺。“依于心”:是指这刺依止于心,也就是依止于心意。显示巴利原文
945.Osānetveva byāruddhe, disvā me aratī ahūti yobbaññādīnaṃ osāne eva antagamake eva vināsake eva jarādīhi byāruddhe āhatacitte satte disvā arati me ahosi. Athettha sallanti atha etesu sattesu rāgādisallaṃ. Hadayanissitanti cittanissitaṃ.
946 若问:“这刺有多大的威力呢?”以下的偈颂回答道:“被此刺所刺”等。其中,“奔向一切方向”:是指奔向一切恶行的方向,也奔向东方等方位与四隅。“拔出此刺,不奔向,不沉没”:即拔出这刺之后,便不再奔向那些方向,也不再沉没于四瀑流。显示巴利原文
946. ‘‘Kathaṃānubhāvaṃ salla’’nti ce – yena sallena otiṇṇoti gāthā. Tattha disā sabbā vidhāvatīti sabbā duccaritadisāpi puratthimādidisāvidisāpi dhāvati. Tameva sallamabbuyha, na dhāvati na sīdatīti tameva sallaṃ uddharitvā tā ca disā na dhāvati, caturoghe ca na sīdatīti.
947 纵然众生被如此大威力的刺所刺中,仍有偈颂说:“在这些当中宣说修学,世间中那些所贪著者。”其含义是:在世间,众生为了获取五种欲功德而贪求追逐,因此称之为“所贪著者”;或者因为长久地习染受用,而称之为“所贪著者”。对于这些,针对其相状的种种修学——比如象学等——被不断地讲述与学习。请看这个世间是多么令人放逸!因此,有智慧的善男子不应专注于那些所贪著的事物,也不应专注于那些修学,而应通过观察无常等,彻见诸法,从一切欲望中全然出离,唯独为自己修学涅槃。显示巴利原文
947. Evaṃmahānubhāvena sallena otiṇṇesvapi ca sattesu – tattha sikkhānugīyanti, yāni loke gadhitānīti gāthā. Tassattho – ye loke pañca kāmaguṇā paṭilābhāya gijjhantīti katvā ‘‘gadhitānī’’ti vuccanti, cirakālāsevitattā vā ‘‘gadhitānī’’ti vuccanti, tattha taṃ nimittaṃ hatthisikkhādikā anekā sikkhā kathīyanti uggayhanti vā. Passatha yāva pamatto vāyaṃ loko, yato paṇḍito kulaputto tesu vā gadhitesu tāsu vā sikkhāsu adhimutto na siyā, aññadatthu aniccādidassanena nibbijjha sabbaso kāme attano nibbānameva sikkheti.
948 现在为了说明应当如何为趣向涅槃而修学,便接着说“应真实”等。其中,“真实”是指具足语真实、智真实与道真实。“远离离间语”指已断除离间语。“悭吝”即是悭吝。显示巴利原文
948. Idāni yathā nibbānāya sikkhitabbaṃ, taṃ dassento ‘‘sacco siyā’’tiādimāha. Tattha saccoti vācāsaccena ñāṇasaccena maggasaccena ca samannāgato. Rittapesuṇoti pahīnapesuṇo. Vevicchanti macchariyaṃ.
949 “睡眠、倦怠、昏沉应克服”:即应降伏打瞌睡、身体懒惰和内心懒惰这三种法。“意趣涅槃”是指内心趣向涅槃,以涅槃为归向。显示巴利原文
949.Niddaṃ tandiṃ sahe thīnanti pacalāyikañca kāyālasiyañca cittālasiyañcāti ime tayo dhamme abhibhaveyya. Nibbānamanasoti nibbānaninnacitto.
950-51 “粗暴的行为”:指对贪染者而言,以贪欲行等为表现的种种粗暴造作。“不应欢喜旧的”:即不应欢喜过去已逝的色等所缘。“新的”:指当下现在的所缘。“于正在坏灭者”:指在坏灭消亡的事物之中。“不应依止虚空”:指不应成为渴爱的依止者。之所以将渴爱称为“虚空”,是因为它对于色等所缘,犹如虚空一般无所不包。显示巴利原文
950-51.Sāhasāti rattassa rāgacariyādibhedā sāhasakaraṇā. Purāṇaṃ nābhinandeyyāti atītarūpādiṃ nābhinandeyya. Naveti paccuppanne. Hiyyamāneti vinassamāne. Ākāsaṃ na sito siyāti taṇhānissito na bhaveyya. Taṇhā hi rūpādīnaṃ ākāsanato ‘‘ākāso’’ti vuccati.
952 若问:“为何不应依止虚空?”——则有“我说贪求”等偈颂。其义为:我确实把这种名为虚空的渴爱——由于它对色等对象贪著不舍——称为“贪求”,我宣说它为“贪求”。进而言之,由于具有冲击之义,故我说它为“暴流”;由于具有奔驰趣向之义,故我说它为“欲望”;由于它会引发“这是我的、这是我的”这种执取言论,故我说它为“执念”;由于难以摆脱,故我说它为“所缘”;由于能动摇身心,故我说它为“动摇”。而这一切,就世间而言是障碍、极难度越,因此称为“欲泥难越”。如此,在宣说“不应依止虚空”之后,若有人问:“这虚空究竟为何?”便回答说:“我说贪求。”也应当这样理解这偈颂的前后关联。其中,词语的解释为:虚空,即我所说为贪求的那个。同样地,那个被称为大暴流的,我亦说它;欲望,我亦说它;执念,我亦说它;动摇,我亦说它;那个在含天神的世间中极难度越的欲泥,我亦说它。显示巴利原文
952. ‘‘Kiṃkāraṇā ākāsaṃ na sito siyā’’ti ce – ‘‘gedhaṃ brūmī’’ti gāthā. Tassattho – ahañhi imaṃ ākāsasaṅkhātaṃ taṇhaṃ rūpādīsu gijjhanato gedhaṃ brūmi ‘‘gedho’’ti vadāmi. Kiñca bhiyyo – avahananaṭṭhena ‘‘ogho’’ti ca ājavanaṭṭhena ‘‘ājava’’nti ca ‘‘idaṃ mayhaṃ, idaṃ mayha’’nti jappakāraṇato ‘‘jappana’’nti ca dummuñcanaṭṭhena ‘‘ārammaṇa’’nti ca kampakaraṇena ‘‘pakampana’’nti ca brūmi, esā ca lokassa palibodhaṭṭhena duratikkamanīyaṭṭhena ca kāmapaṅko duraccayoti. ‘‘Ākāsaṃ na sito siyā’’ti evaṃ vutte vā ‘‘kimetaṃ ākāsa’’nti ce? Gedhaṃ brūmīti. Evampi tassā gāthāya sambandho veditabbo. Tattha padayojanā – ākāsanti gedhaṃ brūmīti. Tathā yvāyaṃ mahoghoti vuccati. Taṃ brūmi, ājavaṃ brūmi, jappanaṃ brūmi, pakampanaṃ brūmi, yvāyaṃ sadevake loke kāmapaṅko duraccayo, taṃ brūmīti.
953 如此,不依止这个被称为贪求等的虚空——便是不偏离真实等偈颂的内容。其义为:不偏离之前所说的三种真实,达到牟尼境界,因此称为牟尼;这位立于涅槃境地的婆罗门,确实如此舍弃一切处之后,被称为“寂静者”。显示巴利原文
953. Evametaṃ gedhādipariyāyaṃ ākāsaṃ anissito – saccā avokkammāti gāthā. Tassattho – pubbe vuttā tividhāpi saccā avokkamma moneyyappattiyā munīti saṅkhyaṃ gato nibbānatthale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo, sa ve evarūpo sabbāni āyatanāni nissajjitvā ‘‘santo’’ti vuccatīti.
954 进而言之——“他确实知”等偈颂。其中,“知法”:即是以无常等角度去了知有为法。“他正行于世间”:由于已经断除了那些导致不正行的烦恼,所以他能在世间正确地行持。显示巴利原文
954. Kiñca bhiyyo – sa ve vidvāti gāthā. Tattha ñatvā dhammanti aniccādinayena saṅkhatadhammaṃ ñatvā. Sammā so loke iriyānoti asammāiriyanakarānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānā sammā so loke iriyamāno.
955 如此,无欲求者——即于“在此诸欲中”等偈颂。其中,“系缚”指七种系缚,他已超越此系缚,不再对它生起贪求。显示巴利原文
955. Evaṃ apihento ca – yodha kāmeti gāthā. Tattha saṅganti sattavidhaṃ saṅgañca yo accatari nājjhetīti nābhijjhāyati.
956 因此,你们当中若有人也希望成为这样的人,我便这样告诉他——即“于前”等偈颂。其中,“于前”指对于过去诸行所生起的烦恼以及过去的业。“于后不应有任何我所”指对于未来诸行,不应有任何因之而起的贪等我所执。“若于中间不执取”指对于现在当下的色等诸法,你也不去执取。显示巴利原文
956. Tasmā tumhesupi yo evarūpo hotumicchati, taṃ vadāmi – yaṃ pubbeti gāthā. Tattha yaṃ pubbeti atīte saṅkhāre ārabbha uppajjanadhammaṃ kilesajātaṃ atītakammañca. Pacchā te māhu kiñcananti anāgatepi saṅkhāre ārabbha uppajjanadhammaṃ rāgādikiñcanaṃ māhu. Majjhe ce no gahessasīti paccuppanne rūpādidhammepi na gahessasi ce.
957 如此,世尊以“你将寂静而行”开示了证得阿拉汉果的道理之后,现在为了赞叹阿拉汉而宣说了随后这些偈颂。在“一切处”等偈颂中,“我所执”指将事物执为“我的”的造作,或指被执取为“这是我的”的那个对象。“不以不存在而忧愁”指不因并不存在的原因、非真实的原因而忧愁。“不衰损”指不会遭受任何减损。显示巴利原文
957. Evaṃ ‘‘upasanto carissasī’’ti arahattappattiṃ dassetvā idāni arahato thutivasena ito parā gāthāyo abhāsi. Tattha sabbasoti gāthāya mamāyitanti mamattakaraṇaṃ, ‘‘mama ida’’nti gahitaṃ vā vatthu. Asatā ca na socatīti avijjamānakāraṇā asantakāraṇā na socati. Na jīyatīti jānimpi na gacchati.
958-9 还有“若人无有”等偈颂。其中,“任何”指任何色法等所生之法。还有“无嫉妒”等偈颂。其中,“无嫉妒”即不嫉妒。也有人读作“无懈怠”。“一切处平等”指在一切处皆平等,即是具足舍心。这是什么意思呢?即:有人不因“我无所拥有”而忧愁,若我被问及,便会说:这位不动摇者,具足无嫉妒、不贪着、无贪欲、一切处平等这四种功德。显示巴利原文
958-9. Kiñca bhiyyo – yassa natthīti gāthā. Tattha kiñcananti kiñci rūpādidhammajātaṃ. Kiñca bhiyyo – aniṭṭhurīti gāthā. Tattha aniṭṭhurīti anissukī. ‘‘Aniddhurī’’tipi keci paṭhanti. Sabbadhī samoti sabbattha samo, upekkhakoti adhippāyo. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yo so ‘‘natthi me’’ti na socati, tamahaṃ avikampinaṃ puggalaṃ puṭṭho samāno aniṭṭhurī ananugiddho anejo sabbadhi samoti imaṃ tasmiṃ puggale catubbidhamānisaṃsaṃ brūmīti.
960 还有“无贪欲者”等偈颂。其中,“造作”指福行、非福行、不动行等诸行中的任何一种。为何称为造作?因为它被造作出来,或它能造作其他,故称“造作”。“种种营务”指种种以此为开端的、如福行之类的营为造作。“一切处见安稳”指在一切处,他所见的皆是无有怖畏的安稳。显示巴利原文
960. Kiñca bhiyyo – anejassāti gāthā. Tattha nisaṅkhatīti puññābhisaṅkhārādīsu yo koci saṅkhāro. So hi yasmā nisaṅkhariyati nisaṅkharoti vā, tasmā ‘‘nisaṅkhatī’’ti vuccati. Viyārambhāti vividhā puññābhisaṅkhārādikā ārambhā. Khemaṃ passati sabbadhīti sabbattha abhayameva passati.
961 如此见者,即“不在同等者中”等偈颂。其中,“不说”指不因“我与同等者相同”等慢心,在同等者中、下劣者中、殊胜者中称扬自我。“不取、不舍”指对于色等诸法,不执取任何法,亦不排斥。其余文句处处明显。世尊便以阿罗汉果为顶峰结束了开示。开示终了时,五百位释迦族青年与拘利族青年以“善来比丘”的方式出家,世尊随后带领他们进入大林。显示巴利原文
961. Evaṃ passanto na samesūti gāthā. Tattha na vadateti ‘‘sadisohamasmī’’tiādinā mānavasena samesupi attānaṃ na vadati omesupi ussesupi. Nādeti na nirassatīti rūpādīsu kañci dhammaṃ na gaṇhāti; na nissajjati. Sesaṃ sabbattha pākaṭameva. Evaṃ arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi, desanāpariyosāne pañcasatā sākiyakumārā ca koliyakumārā ca ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitā, te gahetvā bhagavā mahāvanaṃ pāvisīti.
第十六、《舍利弗经》的解释显示巴利原文
16. Sāriputtasuttavaṇṇanā
962 名为“已见”者,即《舍利弗经》,亦称作《上座问经》。它的缘起是怎样的呢?此经的缘起——从王舍城一位长者得到栴檀瓶开始,以这栴檀瓶制成的钵被升向空中,尊者宾头卢颇罗堕以神通取钵,以此事为缘,世尊禁止声闻弟子显现神通;外道们欲与世尊较量神通;世尊示现教诫神变;世尊前往舍卫城;外道们紧随其后;在舍卫城,波斯匿王前往拜见佛陀,出现甘达芒果树的奇迹;四众弟子为挫败外道,劝请世尊显现神通,并制止不必要的铺排;世尊显现双神变;显现神变后,世尊前往三十三天,在那里入雨安居三月,宣说正法;应尊者大目犍连长老的祈请,世尊从天界降临桑伽沙城——将这些事件以及其间穿插的本生故事详细展开之后,最终,受到一万轮围世界诸天恭敬供养的世尊,从中央摩尼宝所成的阶梯降下,立于桑伽沙城的阶梯顶端。显示巴利原文
962.Name diṭṭhoti sāriputtasuttaṃ, ‘‘therapañhasutta’’ntipi vuccati. Kā uppatti? Imassa suttassa uppatti – rājagahakassa seṭṭhissa candanaghaṭikāya paṭilābhaṃ ādiṃ katvā tāya candanaghaṭikāya katassa pattassa ākāse ussāpanaṃ āyasmato piṇḍolabhāradvājassa iddhiyā pattaggahaṇaṃ, tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ sāvakānaṃ iddhipaṭikkhepo, titthiyānaṃ bhagavatā saddhiṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ kattukāmatā, pāṭihāriyakaraṇaṃ, bhagavato sāvatthigamanaṃ, titthiyānubandhanaṃ, sāvatthiyaṃ pasenadino buddhūpagamanaṃ kaṇḍambapātubhāvo, catunnaṃ parisānaṃ titthiyajayatthaṃ pāṭihāriyakaraṇussukkanivāraṇaṃ, yamakapāṭihāriyakaraṇaṃ, katapāṭihāriyassa bhagavato tāvatiṃsabhavanagamanaṃ, tattha temāsaṃ dhammadesanā, āyasmatā mahāmoggallānattherena yācitassa devalokato saṅkassanagare orohaṇanti imāni vatthūni antarantare ca jātakāni vitthāretvā yāva dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatāhi pūjiyamāno bhagavā majjhe maṇimayena sopānena saṅkassanagare oruyha sopānakaḷevare aṭṭhāsi –
那些勤修禅那的智者,以出离的寂静为乐;
诸天也爱敬他们,那些具足正念的正自觉者。” (《法句》181)——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye jhānappasutā dhīrā, nekkhammūpasame ratā; Devāpi tesaṃ pihayanti, sambuddhānaṃ satīmata’’nti. (dha. pa. 181) –
在宣说这首《法句》偈颂时,前述的种种因缘已作解说。然而,世尊立于阶旁时,最先由尊者舍利弗顶礼,继而是莲华色比丘尼,其后才是大众。此刻世尊思忖:‘于此众会之中,目犍连以神通著称,阿那律以天眼著称,富楼那以说法著称,然众人尚未了知舍利弗因何种功德而得此第一。我当以智慧功德彰显舍利弗。’于是,世尊便向这位长老提问。无论世尊提出的是凡夫之问、有学之问,还是无学之问,长老悉皆一一解答。当时,大众方知:‘他是智慧第一者。’随后,世尊又引出本生故事,说道:‘舍利弗不仅现世智慧第一,过去世亦是智慧第一。’显示巴利原文
Imissā dhammapadagāthāya vuccamānāya vuttā. Sopānakaḷevare ṭhitaṃ pana bhagavantaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ āyasmā sāriputto vandi, tato uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī, athāparo janakāyo. Tatra bhagavā cintesi – ‘‘imissaṃ parisati moggallāno iddhiyā aggoti pākaṭo, anuruddho dibbacakkhunā, puṇṇo dhammakathikattena, sāriputtaṃ panāyaṃ parisā na kenaci guṇena evaṃ aggoti jānāti, yaṃnūnāhaṃ sāriputtaṃ paññāguṇena pakāseyya’’nti. Atha theraṃ pañhaṃ pucchi. Thero bhagavatā pucchitaṃ pucchitaṃ puthujjanapañhaṃ, sekkhapañhaṃ, asekkhapañhañca, sabbaṃ vissajjesi. Tadā naṃ jano ‘‘paññāya aggo’’ti aññāsi . Atha bhagavā ‘‘sāriputto na idāneva paññāya aggo, atītepi paññāya aggo’’ti jātakaṃ ānesi.
往昔,有一千多位仙人,以山林中的根果为食,栖居于山脚下。他们的老师身患疾病,弟子们随侍照护。长子对众弟子说:‘我去寻取合适的药,你们当谨慎照料老师。’言毕,便往人间而去。未待他归来,老师便已命终。其余弟子以为‘老师即将临终’,便询问其禅定境界。老师以无所有处定为所缘,说:‘没有任何事物。’弟子们却误解为‘老师没有任何证得’。待长子持药归来,见老师已逝,便问:‘你们可曾向老师请问什么?’弟子们答道:‘是的,我们问了。老师说“没有任何事物”,我们便以为老师一无所证。’长子解释道:‘老师说“没有任何事物”,正是在开示无所有处定。应当恭敬老师所证啊。’显示巴利原文
Atīte parosahassā isayo vanamūlaphalāhārā pabbatapāde vasanti. Tesaṃ ācariyassa ābādho uppajji, upaṭṭhānāni vattanti. Jeṭṭhantevāsī ‘‘sappāyabhesajjaṃ āharissāmi, ācariyaṃ appamattā upaṭṭhahathā’’ti vatvā manussapathaṃ agamāsi. Tasmiṃ anāgateyeva ācariyo kālamakāsi. Taṃ ‘‘idāni kālaṃ karissatī’’ti antevāsikā samāpattimārabbha pucchiṃsu. So ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ sandhāyāha – ‘‘natthi kiñcī’’ti, antevāsino ‘‘natthi ācariyassa adhigamo’’ti aggahesuṃ. Atha jeṭṭhantevāsī bhesajjaṃ ādāya āgantvā taṃ kālakataṃ disvā ācariyaṃ ‘‘kiñci pucchitthā’’ti āha. Āma pucchimhā, ‘‘natthi kiñcī’’ti āha, na kiñci ācariyena adhigatanti. Natthi kiñcīti vadanto ācariyo ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ pavedesi, sakkātabbo ācariyoti.
纵使逾千人汇聚一处,
那些无智之人,纵使悲泣百年,也不及一位具足智慧的人来得优胜,因为他能了知所说之义。
也还不如一个具足智慧的人来得优胜,
因为他能了知所说之义。” (《本生》1.1.99)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Parosahassampi samāgatānaṃ, Kandeyyuṃ te vassasataṃ apaññā; Ekopi seyyo puriso sapañño, Yo bhāsitassa vijānāti attha’’nti. (jā. 1.1.99);
世尊讲述《本生》已毕,舍利弗尊者为饶益同住的五百比丘,询问适宜的坐卧处、行境、戒律及仪轨等。他以“此前我未曾见”这首赞叹偈为始,宣说了八首偈颂。其后,世尊为释其义,宣说了其余诸偈。显示巴利原文
Kathite ca pana bhagavatā jātake āyasmā sāriputto attano saddhivihārikānaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānamatthāya sappāyasenāsanagocarasīlavatādīni pucchituṃ ‘‘na me diṭṭho ito pubbe’’ti imaṃ thutigāthaṃ ādiṃ katvā aṭṭha gāthāyo abhāsi. Tamatthaṃ vissajjento bhagavā tato parā sesagāthāti.
此处,“在此之前”是指从桑迦舍城降下之前。“言语优美者”指所说和雅之人。“从兜率天而来的众主”:因他从兜率天殁、入母胎而来,故说从兜率天来;又因是教团之师,故称众主。或可解释为:以其知足之性,从名为“兜率”的天界来而成为众主;或谓,他是从兜率天的阿拉汉中来的众主。显示巴利原文
Tattha ito pubbeti ito saṅkassanagare otaraṇato pubbe. Vagguvadoti sundaravado. Tusitā gaṇimāgatoti tusitakāyā cavitvā mātukucchiṃ āgatattā tusitā āgato, gaṇācariyattā gaṇī. Santuṭṭhaṭṭhena vā tusitasaṅkhātā devalokā gaṇiṃ āgato tusitānaṃ vā arahantānaṃ gaṇiṃ āgatoti.
963 963. 在第二首偈颂中,“有天神的世界,如其所见”:如同在有天神的世界中那样,在人间众人中亦如所见。“或如所见到”:即如实、无颠倒地照见。“有眼者”:指具足无上眼者。“独一者”:因出离等故,称为独一。“乐”:指出离之乐等。显示巴利原文
963. Dutiyagāthāya sadevakassa lokassa yathā dissatīti sadevakassa lokassa viya manussānampi dissati. Yathā vā dissatīti tacchato aviparītato dissati cakkhumāti uttamacakkhu. Ekoti pabbajjāsaṅkhātādīhi eko. Ratinti nekkhammaratiādiṃ.
964 在第三首偈颂中,「对这里众多被系缚者」(bahūnamidha baddhānaṃ):是指对众多刹帝利等弟子。弟子们因依止于师长而生活,故被称为“被系缚者”。「有因问题而来」(atthi pañhena āgamanaṃ):意为有寻求义利者因问题而来——即“我因问题而来”,或“寻求义利者以问题而来”,又或“因问题而有到来”。显示巴利原文
964. Tatiyagāthāya bahūnamidha baddhānanti idha bahūnaṃ khattiyādīnaṃ sissānaṃ. Sissā hi ācariye paṭibaddhavuttittā ‘‘baddhā’’ti vuccanti atthi pañhena āgamanti atthiko pañhena āgatomhi, atthikānaṃ vā pañhena āgamanaṃ, pañhena atthi āgamanaṃ vāti.
965 在第四首偈颂中,「厌离者」(vijigucchato):指对生等生起厌离、意欲出离的人。「空床座」(rittamāsanaṃ):指空闲的床与椅。「或在诸山窟中」(pabbatānaṃ guhāsu vā):意思是或者在山窟之中,亲近空闲的床座——应如此连结理解。显示巴利原文
965. Catutthagāthāya vijigucchatoti jātiādīhi aṭṭīyato rittamāsananti vivittaṃ mañcapīṭhaṃ. Pabbatānaṃ guhāsu vāti pabbataguhāsu vā rittamāsanaṃ bhajatoti sambandhitabbaṃ.
966 在第五首偈颂中,「于高下中」(uccāvacesu):即在低劣与殊胜之中。「于卧具中」(sayanesu):指在精舍等坐卧具中。「在那里有多少恐怖」(Kīvanto tattha bheravā):即在那里有多少令人恐怖之因。另有一种读法为“Kuvanto”,其义为“鸣叫”,但如此一来前后文义便无法衔接。显示巴利原文
966. Pañcamagāthāya uccāvacesūti hīnapaṇītesu. Sayanesūti vihārādīsu senāsanesu. Kīvanto tattha bheravāti kittakā tattha bhayakāraṇā. ‘‘Kuvanto’’tipi pāṭho, kūjantoti cassa attho. Na pana pubbenāparaṃ sandhiyati.
967 第六偈颂中,“有多少灾患”(katī parissayā):意为有多少危难和障碍。“未至之境”(agataṃ disaṃ):即涅槃。因涅槃是过去从未到达之境,故称“未至”;又因它应被指示为目标方向,故名为“境”。由此说“未至之境”。“能克服”(abhisambhave):能战胜。“于边远处”(pantamhi):于偏远、尽头之处。显示巴利原文
967. Chaṭṭhagāthāya katī parissayāti kittakā upaddavā. Agataṃ disanti nibbānaṃ. Tañhi agatapubbattā agataṃ tathā niddisitabbato disā cāti . Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘agataṃ disa’’nti. Abhisambhaveti abhibhaveyya. Pantamhīti pariyante.
968-9 第七偈颂中,“他应有何种言语”(kyāssa byappathayo assu):他应有怎样的言辞?第八偈颂中,“一境、贤明者”(ekodi nipako):指心念专一、具贤明的智者。显示巴利原文
968-9. Sattamagāthāya kyāssa byappathayo assūti kīdisāni tassa vacanāni assu. Aṭṭhamagāthāya ekodi nipakoti ekaggacitto paṇḍito.
970 如此,具寿舍利弗先以三首偈颂赞叹世尊,而后又以五首偈颂——为五百弟子之利益——询问关于坐卧处、行境、戒与仪则等问题。世尊为阐明此义,便从“于……厌离者”等开始作解答。其中,第一偈颂的大义是:舍利弗啊,对于一位因生等而生厌离、乐于空寂坐卧处、志求正觉的比丘,何谓“安住轻利”——即安乐住;何谓“随法”——即随顺于法的修行;我将如遍知者所应说那般,为你开示这些。显示巴利原文
970. Evaṃ āyasmatā sāriputtena tīhi gāthāhi bhagavantaṃ thometvā pañcahi gāthāhi – pañcasatānaṃ sissānamatthāya senāsanagocarasīlavatādīni pucchito bhagavā tamatthaṃ pakāsetuṃ ‘‘vijigucchamānassā’’tiādinā nayena vissajjanamāraddho. Tattha paṭhamagāthāya tāvattho – jātiādīhi vijigucchamānassa rittāsanaṃ sayanaṃ sevato ce sambodhikāmassa sāriputta, bhikkhuno yadidaṃ phāsu yo phāsuvihāro yathānudhammaṃ yo ca anudhammo, taṃ te pavakkhāmi yathā pajānaṃ yathā pajānanto vadeyya, evaṃ vadāmīti.
971 在第二首偈颂中,「游于边际者」指于戒、定、慧、解脱这四种边际中修习之人。「虻蝇等的侵害」指黄蝇及其他蝇类的侵害。因为其他蝇类会从各处飞扑叮咬,故称为「侵害」。「人之触」则是指遭受盗贼等恶人的接触。显示巴利原文
971. Dutiyagāthāya pariyantacārīti sīlādīsu catūsu pariyantesu caramāno. Ḍaṃsādhipātānanti piṅgalamakkhikānañca sesamakkhikānañca. Sesamakkhikā hi tato tato adhipatitvā khādanti, tasmā ‘‘adhipātā’’ti vuccanti. Manussaphassānanti corādiphassānaṃ.
972 在第三首偈颂中,「异法者」指持不同教法者,即除七种同法者以外的一切外道。「寻求善法者」意为探寻、求索善法之人。显示巴利原文
972. Tatiyagāthāya paradhammikā nāma satta sahadhammikavajjā sabbepi bāhirakā. Kusalānuesīti kusaladhamme anvesamāno.
973 在第四首偈颂中,「病触」即受到疾病的逼迫。「冷与热」即寒冷与炎热。「彼为这些以种种方式所触」意为,即使他受到那些疾病等以种种方式的逼迫。「无家者」是指不再为有为之行、识等提供住处之处所。显示巴利原文
973. Catutthagāthāya ātaṅkaphassenāti rogaphassena. Sītaṃ atuṇhanti sītañca uṇhañca. So tehi phuṭṭho bahudhāti so tehi ātaṅkādīhi anekehi ākārehi phuṭṭho samānopi. Anokoti abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇādīnaṃ anokāsabhūto.
974 如此,世尊以“比丘感到厌离”等三首偈颂回答舍利弗的提问之后,现在又以“他的言语行为如何”这种方式回答随后的提问,开示说:“他不应造作偷盗……”。此处,“触”是指应当去触及、感知。“若知心之混浊”的意思是,若有人了知内心生起混浊,便应将其全部视为“黑暗的一面”。显示巴利原文
974. Evaṃ ‘‘bhikkhuno vijigucchato’’tiādīhi tīhi gāthāhi puṭṭhamatthaṃ vissajjetvā idāni ‘‘kyāssa byappathayo’’tiādinā nayena puṭṭhaṃ vissajjento ‘‘theyyaṃ na kāre’’tiādimāha. Tattha phasseti phareyya . Yadāvilattaṃ manaso vijaññāti yaṃ cittassa āvilattaṃ vijāneyya, taṃ sabbaṃ ‘‘kaṇhassa pakkho’’ti vinodayeyya.
975 “连它们的根都要彻底挖掉再安住”的意思是:对于他们的忿怒与傲慢,以及那以无明等为根本的烦恼,连这些的根也应彻底挖掘出来,而后安住。“确实地能胜伏”的意思是:如此胜伏可爱与不可爱的境界时,应当决然地予以胜伏,不应在此处松懈精进。这是经文的意旨。显示巴利原文
975.Mūlampi tesaṃ palikhañña tiṭṭheti tesaṃ kodhātimānānaṃ yaṃ avijjādikaṃ mūlaṃ, tampi palikhaṇitvā tiṭṭheyya. Addhā bhavanto abhisambhaveyyāti evaṃ piyappiyaṃ abhibhavanto ekaṃseneva abhibhaveyya, na tatra sithilaṃ parakkameyyāti adhippāyo.
976 “以慧为先导”的意思是,以慧作为前导。“具足善喜”是指具足由善法而生的喜悦。“能忍受四种引发悲叹之事”是指,在紧接着的下一首偈颂中所说的那些令人悲叹的境遇,他都能一一忍受。显示巴利原文
976.Paññaṃ purakkhatvāti paññaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ katvā. Kalyāṇapītīti kalyāṇāya pītiyā samannāgato. Caturo sahetha paridevadhammeti anantaragāthāya vuccamāne paridevanīyadhamme saheyya.
977 “我日后将吃什么?”意为:我将来以何为食。“我又将在何处吃?”意为:我将在什么地方进食。“昨夜卧得很苦,今夜又将卧在何处?”意为:回忆昨夜经历了剧苦才得卧下,忧虑此夜来临时,我又将卧在何处。这些寻思,就是指这两种有关团食的,和两种有关坐卧处的,合为四种寻思。而“无家游行者”,是指无有牵挂、断除了渴爱的游行者。显示巴利原文
977.Kiṃsū asissāmīti kiṃ bhuñjissāmi. Kuvaṃ vā asissanti kuhiṃ vā asissāmi. Dukkhaṃ vata settha kvajja sessanti imaṃ rattiṃ dukkhaṃ sayiṃ, ajja āgamanarattiṃ kattha sayissaṃ. Ete vitakketi ete piṇḍapātanissite dve, senāsananissite dveti cattāro vitakke. Aniketacārīti apalibodhacārī nittaṇhacārī.
978 “适时”:指在团食之时获得名为团食的食物,或在袈裟之时获得名为袈裟的衣服,以如法、平和的方式获得——这是它的意趣。“他应知量”:在接受和受用时,他应了知分量。“于此”:指在此教法中,或者只是一个助词。“为满足”:即为了知足,以此为目的而了知分量,这便是所说的内容。“他于他们防护”:那位比丘在那些资具上有所防护。“自制行”:安住于自制,亦即防护威仪、防护身语意门,这便是所说的内容。也有读作“Yaticārī”,意义相同。“被触怒”:即被激怒、被惹恼,这便是所说的内容。显示巴利原文
978.Kāleti piṇḍapātakāle piṇḍapātasaṅkhātaṃ annaṃ vā cīvarakāle cīvarasaṅkhātaṃ vasanaṃ vā laddhā dhammena samenāti adhippāyo. Mattaṃ so jaññāti paṭiggahaṇe ca paribhoge ca so pamāṇaṃ jāneyya. Idhāti sāsane, nipātamattameva vā etaṃ. Tosanatthanti santosatthaṃ, etadatthaṃ mattaṃ jāneyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. So tesu guttoti so bhikkhu tesu paccayesu gutto. Yatacārīti saṃyatavihāro , rakkhitiriyāpatho rakkhitakāyavacīmanodvāro cāti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Yaticārī’’tipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Rusitoti rosito, ghaṭṭitoti vuttaṃ hoti.
979 “勤于禅那”:令未生的禅那生起,令已生的禅那修习,依此而致力于禅那。“以舍为依,心得等持”:生起第四禅之舍,令心得定。“断绝寻思之巢与悔恨”:断除欲寻等寻思、作为那些寻思巢穴的欲想等,以及手等恶作之悔恨。显示巴利原文
979.Jhānānuyuttoti anupannuppādanena uppannāsevanena ca jhāne anuyutto. Upekkhamārabbha samāhitattoti catutthajjhānupekkhaṃ uppādetvā samāhitacitto. Takkāsayaṃ kukkucciyūpachindeti kāmavitakkādiṃ takkañca , kāmasaññādiṃ tassa takkassa āsayañca, hatthakukkuccādiṃ kukkucciyañca upacchindeyya.
980 “受到言语指责时,应欢喜具念”:即当被亲教师等以言语责备时,应当安住正念,欢喜接受那指责。“应发出善的言语”:应发出由智慧所生的言语。“不应过度”:但不应发出过度的、超越了适当时间与戒律时间的言语。“关于世间言论之法”:即关于世间言论的谈论。“不应思虑”:不应生起思心。显示巴利原文
980.Cudito vacībhi satimābhinandeti upajjhāyādīhi vācāhi codito samāno satimā hutvā taṃ codanaṃ abhinandeyya. Vācaṃ pamuñce kusalanti ñāṇasamuṭṭhitaṃ vācaṃ pamuñceyya. Nātivelanti ativelaṃ pana vācaṃ kālavelañca sīlavelañca atikkantaṃ nappamuñceyya. Janavādadhammāyāti janavādakathāya. Na cetayeyyāti cetanaṃ na uppādeyya.
981 “此外”:即此后还有其他。“五种垢染”:指色贪等五种垢染。“为了调伏它们,具念者应修学”:对于这些垢染,应安住正念,为了调伏它们而修学三学。如此修学的人,于色等……乃至于触,应当忍伏贪染,而非依其他方式。显示巴利原文
981.Athāparanti atha idāni ito parampi. Pañca rajānīti rūparāgādīni pañca rajāni. Yesaṃ satīmā vinayāya sikkheti yesaṃ upaṭṭhitassati hutvā vinayanatthaṃ tisso sikkhā sikkheyya. Evaṃ sikkhanto hi rūpesu…pe… phassesu sahetha rāgaṃ, na aññeti.
982 然后,他为了调伏这些垢染而次第修学,即“于这些法”的偈颂。其中,“于这些”指色等。“适时如理观察法”:那位比丘,依照所谓“心掉举时是修定的时机”等方法所说的时机,以无常等理观察一切有为法。“成为一境者,应破除黑暗”:即心得一境的比丘,应当破除一切愚痴等黑暗。对此没有疑惑。其余各处都显而易见。显示巴利原文
982. Tato so tesaṃ vinayāya sikkhanto anukkamena – etesu dhammesūti gāthā. Tattha etesūti rūpādīsu. Kālena so sammā dhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamānoti so bhikkhu yvāyaṃ ‘‘uddhate citte samādhissa kālo’’tiādinā nayena kālo vutto, tena kālena sabbaṃ saṅkhatadhammaṃ aniccādinayena parivīmaṃsamāno. Ekodibhūto vihane tamaṃ soti so ekaggacitto sabbaṃ mohāditamaṃ vihaneyya. Natthi ettha saṃsayo. Sesaṃ sabbattha pākaṭameva.
就这样,世尊以阿拉汉果作为顶点,圆满了这次开示。开示结束时,五百位比丘证得阿拉汉果,三十亿天众与人类也获得了法的现观。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne pañcasatā bhikkhū arahattaṃ pattā, tiṃsakoṭisaṅkhyānañca devamanussānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosīti.
「八颂品」。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhakavaggoti.